OBEN GAS DEVELOPMENT PROJECT

The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited 

Operator of the NNPC/Shell/Agip/Total Joint Venture 

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) 

of 

OBEN GAS DEVELOPMENT PROJECT 

FINAL REPORT 

APRIL 2008

Table of Contents and Executive Summary 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

TITLE PAGE 

TABLE OF CONTENTS … … … … … … … … … ii 

LIST OF PLATES … … … … … … … … … … vi 

LIST OF FIGURES … … … … … … … … … … vii 

LIST OF TABLES … … … … … … … … … … viii 

LIST OF APPENDICES … … … … … … … … … … x 

LIST OF ABBREVIATION AND ACRONYMS … … … … … … xi 

EIA PREPARERS … … … … … … … … … … xiii 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT … … … … … … … … … xiv 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY … … … … … … … … … xv 

CHAPTER ONE 

1.1 Introduction … … … … … … … … … … 1-1 

1.2 Project Background… … … … … … … … … … 1-2 

1.3 The Proponent … … … … … … … … … 1-4 

1.4 Legal and Administrative Framework … … … … … 1-4 

1.4.1 Land-use Act 1978 … … … … … … … … 1-4 

1.4.2 Petroleum Act … … … … … … … … 1-5 

1.4.3 Oil Mining Lease, OML … … … … … … … 1-5 

1.4.4 The Mineral Oils Safety Regulations 1963 (Amended 1997)… … … 1-5 

1.4.5 Oil Pipelines Ordinances (CAP) 145, 1956 and Oil Pipelines Act 1965 … 1-5 

1.4.6 National Inland Water ways authority (NIWA) Act 13 of 1997 … … 1-5 

1.4.7 Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry 

in Nigeria, EGASPIN (2002) … … … … … … … 1-6 

1.4.8 Federal Ministry of Environment, (FMEnv) … … … … … 1-6 

1.4.8.1 Federal Ministry of Environment (FMEnv) Act No.58, 1988 … … 1-6 

1.4.8.2 National Environmental Impact Assessment Act No. 86, 1992 … … 1-6 

1.4.8.3 EIA Sectoral Guidelines (Oil & Gas Industry Projects) … … … 1-6 

1.4.8.4 FMENV (formerly FEPA) Regulations … … … … … 1-6 

1.4.9 Forestry Law CAP 52, 1994… … … … … … … 1-6 

1.4.10 State Legislation … … … … … … … … 1-6 

1.4.11 Public Health Law: … … … … … … … … 1-7 

1.4.12 International Laws and Regulations … … … … … … 1-7 

1.4.13 World Bank Guidelines on Environmental Assessment {EA} (1991) … … 1-7 

1.4.14 International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources 

(IUCN) Guidelines … … … … … … … … 1-7 

1.4.15 Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals 

(Bonn Convention). … … … … … … … … 1-7 

1.4.16 Convention on Biological Diversity (1992) … .. … … … 1-8 

1.4.17 Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural 

Heritage Sites (or World Heritage Convention) (1972) … … … 1-8 

1.4.18 Basel Convention on the Control of Trans-boundary Movements of 

Hazardous Wastes and Their Disposal (1989) … … … … 1-8 

1.4.19 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (1992) … … 1-8 

1.4.20 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from 

Ships (MARPOL) (1973/78) operating on a global scale … … … 1-8 

1.4.21 SPDC’s Community Affairs, Safety, Health, Environment and 

Security {CASHES}Policy … … … … … … … 1-8 

1.4.22 SPDC’s Environmental Assessment Policy … … … … … 1-8 

1.4.23 SPDC’s Waste Management Policy … … … … … … 1-9 

1.4.24 SCiN Biodiversity Policy … … … … … … … 1-9 

ii


1.4.25 SPDC’s Flares-Down Policy … … … … … … … … 1-9 

1.5 Structure of the Report … … … … … … … … … 1-9 

1.6 Terms of Reference … … … … … … … … … 1-10 

1.7 Declaration … … … … … … … … … … … 1-11 

CHAPTER TWO 

2.0 Project Justification … … … … … … … … … 2-1 

2.1 Need for the Project … … … … … … … … … 2-1 

2.2 Value of the Project … … … … … … … … … 2-1 

2.3 Envisaged Sustainability … … … … … … … … 2-1 

2.3.1 Economic Sustainability … … … … … … … 2-1 

2.3.2 Technical Sustainability … … … … … … … 2-1 

2.3.3 Environmental Sustainability … … … … … … … 2-2 

2.3.4 Social Sustainability … … … … … … … … 2-2 

2.4 Project Objective … … … … … … … … … 2-2 

2.5 Project Alternatives … … … … … … … … … 2-2 

2.6 Project Location … … … … … … … … … … 2-2 

2.6.1 Wells/Flowlines … … … … … … … … 2-3 

2.6.2 Process Flow Scheme for the Existing Oben Gas Plant … … … 2-3 

2.7 Project Scope … … … … … … … … … … 2-4 

2.7.1 Project Activity Overview … … … … … … … 2-4 

2.8 Drilling of one (1) New Well … … … … … … … … 2-6 

2.8.1 Subsurface (Drilling) Activities … … … … … … 2-6 

2.8.1.1 Well Location/Access Road Preparations … … … … … 2-6 

2.8.1.2 Drilling of NAG Well … … … .. … … … … 2-6 

2.8.1.3 Waste and/or By-Products Generated … … … … … 2-6 

2.8.1.4 Risk of Accidents Resulting in Pollution or Hazards … … … … 2-7 

2.9 Flowline Contruction … … … … … … … … … 2-8 

2.9.1 Flowline Construction … … … … … … … 2-8 

2.9.2 Land-take … … … … … … … … … 2-8 

2.9.3 Site Preparation … … … … … … … … 2-8 

2.9.4 Flushing of Existing Pipeline … … … … … … … 2-8 

2.9.5 Excavation and removal of old flowlines … … … … … 2-8 

2.9.6 Site Construction (Welding), Non-Destructive Testing [Radiography] … 2-9 

2.9.7 Pressure Testing of the New Pipeline Section … … … … 2-9 

2.9.8 Pipe Laying and Tie-in … … … … … … … 2-9 

2.9.9 Backfilling … … … … … … … … … 2-9 

2.9.10 Commissioning of the New Flowlines … … … … … 2-9 

2.9.11 Operations/Maintenance … … … … … … … 2-9 

2.9.12 Decommissioning … … … … … … … … 2-9 

2.10 Operations Philosophy … … … … … … … … 2-10 

2.10.1 Maintenance Philosophy & Strategies … … … … … 2-10 

2.11 Project Schedule … … … … … … … … … 2-11 

CHAPTER THREE 

3.0 Description of Environment … … … … … … … … 3-1 

3.1 General … … … … … … … … … … … 3-1 

3.2 Description of Existing Environment … … … … … … … 3-1 

3.2.1 Climate/Meteorological Studies . … … … … … … 3-1 

3.2.2 Air Quality and Noise … … … … … … … … 3-2 

3.2.3 Soil Studies … … … … … … … … … 3-3 

3.2.4 Landuse and Agriculture … … … … … … … 3-5 

3.2.5 Vegetation … … … … … … … … … 3-8 

iii


3.2.5.1 Floristic Composition and Profile … … … … … … 3-8 

3.2.5.2 Farmlands and Plantations … … … … … … .. 3-12 

3.2.5.3 Bush Fallow .. … … .. .. … .. .. … 3-12 

3.2.5.4 Key Economic Plant Species … … … … … … 3-12 

3.2.5.5 Plant Pathological Assessment … … … .. … … 3-13 

3.2.6 Wild Life / Biodiversity Studies: … … … … … … 3-13 

3.2.7 Soil Microbiological Studies … … … … … … … 3-15 

3.2.8 Aquatic Studies … … … … … … … … 3-16 

3.2.8.1 Comparison of the wet and dry season data … … … … … 3-16 

3.2.8.2 Phytoplankton Studies … … … … … … … 3-18 

3.2.8.3 Zooplankton Studies .. … … … … … … … 3-19 

3.2.8.4 Macrobenthos … … … … … … … … 3-21 

3.2.8.5 Microbiological Studies … … … … … … … 3-24 

3.2.8.6 Fish/Fisheries Studies … … … … … … … 3-24 

3.2.9 Hydrology/Hydrogeology … … … … … … … 3-26 

3.2.9.1 Geology/Hydrogeology/Geophysics … … … … … … 3-26 

3.2.9.1.1 General Geology … … … … … … … … 3-26 

3.2.9.1.2 Hydrogeology … … … … … … … … 3-27 

3.3.0 The Socio-Economic Environment … … … … … … … 3-28 

3.3.1 Political and Socio-Cultural History … … … … … … 3-28 

3.3.1.1 Totems … … … … … … … … … 3-28 

3.3.1.2 Domestic Animals … … … … … … … … 3-28 

3.3.1.3 Wildlife … … … … … … … … … 3-29 

3.3.2 Settlement System … … … … … … … … 3-29 

3.3.3. Demographic Characteristics of Respondents … … … … 3-29 

3.3.3.1 Age and Sex Structure: … … … … … … … 3-29 

3.3.3.2 Ethnicity and Religion … … … … … .. … 3-30 

3.3.3.3 Marital Status: … … … … … … … … 3-31 

3.3.3.4 Educational Characteristics: … … … … … … … 3-31 

3.3.3.5 Household Size: … … … … … … … … 3-31 

3.3.4 Cultural and Archeologically Sites … … … … … … 3-32 

3.3.5 Recreational Facilities Programmes … … … … … 3-32 

3.3.6 Economic Environment … … … … … … … 3-32 

3.3.6.1 Occupational and economic activity pattern: … … … … 3-32 

3.3.6.2 Major crops: … … … … … … … … … 3-33 

3.3.6.3 Respondents Income Distribution: … … … … … … 3-33 

3.3.6.4 Land tenure system and land acquisition: … … … … … 3-34 

3.3.6.5 Residency Status: … … … … … … … … 3-34 

3.3.6.6 Housing and Sanitation: … … … … … … … 3-34 

3.3.7 Social and Infrastructural facilities: … … … … … … 3-35 

3.3.7.1 Roads … … … … … … … … … … 3-35 

3.3.7.2 Electricity … … … … … … … … … 3-35 

3.3.7.3 Water … … … … … … … … … 3-35 

3.3.7.4 Markets … … … … … … … … 3-35 

3.3.7.5 Schools … … … … … … … … … 3-36 

3.3.8 Quality of Life … … … … … … … … … 3-36 

3.3.9 Perceived Environmental Problems … … … … … 3-36 

3.3.10 Community concerns, needs and areas of assistance … … … 3-36 

3.4 Health Studies … … … … … … … … 3-37 

3.4.1 Introduction … … … … … … … … … 3-37 

3.4.2 Nutritional status … … … … … … … … 3-40 

3.4.3 Immunization status … … … … … … … 3-41 

3.4.4 Social Habits and life style … … … … … … … 3-41 

3.4.5 Personal Cleanliness /Hygiene … … … … … … 3-42 

iv


3.4.6 Quality of Available Health Facilities … … … … … 3-42 

3.4.7 Health professionals at Oben Cottage Hospital … … … … 3-49 

3.4.8 Group Assembly Discussions on Health Issues and Community Concerns 3-51 

CHAPTER FOUR 

4.0 Associated and Potential Environmental Impacts… … … … … … 4-1 

4.1 General… … … … … … … … … … … 4-1 

4.2 Impact Prediction Methodology... … … … … … … … 4-1 

4.3 Rating of impacts … … … … … … … … … 4-1 

4.4 Impact Identification … … … … … … … … … 4-5 

4.4.1 Project activities and sensitivities interaction matrix … … … … 4-7 

4.4.2 Determination of environmental impacts … … … … … 4-7 

4.4.3 List of identified impacts … … … … … … … 4-53 

4.5 Description of Impacts … … … … … … … … 4-54 

4.5.1 Mobilization Phase … … … … … … … … 4-54 

4.5.1.1 Pressure on available water for domestic use and other water related activities 4-54 

4.6 Construction/Drilling/Flowline Phases … … … … … … 4-55 

4.7 Operations Phase … … … … … … … … … 4-58 

4.8 Decommissioning … … … … … … … … … 4-59 

CHAPTER FIVE 

5.0 Mitigation Measures … … … … … .. … … … 5-1 

5 1 Introduction… … … … … … … … … … … 5-1 

5.2 Residual Impacts after Mitigation Measures … … … … … … 5-12 

5.2.1 Community Unrest … … … … … … … … 5-12 

5.2.2 Influx of People … … … … … … … … 5-12 

5.2.3 Increase in Cost of Living / Inflation … … … … … … 5-12 

5.2.4 Increase in Social Vices … … … … … … … 5-12 

5.3 Enhancing Positive Impacts … … … … … … … … 5-13 

5.3.1 Job Creation … … … … … … … … 5-13 

5.3.2 Business / Economic Opportunities … … … … … … 5-13 

5.3.3 Reduction in Gas Flaring … … … … … … … 5-13 

5.3.4 Increase in Revenue to Government and SPDC … … … … 5-13 

CHAPTER SIX 

6.0 Environmental Management Plan… … … … … … … … 6-1 

6.1 Introduction … … … … … … … … … … 6-1 

6.2 Environmental Monitoring … … … … … … … … 6-1 

6.3 Hazards and Effects Management Process (HEMP) … … … … 6-1 

6.4 Safety and Hazard Identification … … … … … … … 6-3 

CHAPTER SEVEN 

7.0 Consultation … … … … … … … … … … 7-1 

7.1 General… … … … … … … … … … … 7-1 

7.2 EIA Scoping Workshops … … … … … … … … 7-1 

7.3 Community Expectations about the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field … … 7-2 

7.4 Community Assistance/Community Development Projects … … … … 7-2 

CHAPTER EIGHT 

8.0 Conclusion ... … … … … … … … … … 8-1 

REFERENCES... … … … … … … … … … … 8-2 

v


LIST OF PLATES 

TITLE PAGES 

Plate 1: Secondary Vegetation of the Project area … … … … … 3-9 

Plate 2: Fallow land … … … … … … … … … 3-10 

Plate 3: Farm land … … … … … … … … … 3-10 

Plate 4: Group Assembly Discussion on Health Issues … … … … 3-55 

Plate 5: Access Road being used by a commercial vehicle … … … … 7-3 

Plate 6: Oben Potable Water Project … … … … … … … 7-3 

Plate 7: Manpower Training … … … … … … … 7-4 

Plate 8: Hospital Project .. .. .. .. .. .. … … 7-4 

Plate 9: Market … … … … … … … … … 7-5 

Plate 10: Farming … … … … … … … … … 7-5 

Plate 11: Manpower Training .. … … … … … … … 7-6 

vi


LIST OF FIGURES 

TITLE PAGE 

Fig.1.1 Map of Nigeria showing Edo State… … … … … … … 1-12 

Fig.1.2 Map showing Oben location and SPDC Facilities… … … … … 1-12 

Fig.2.1 Map of the Western Domestic Gas Network showing Oben Location … 2-3 

Fig.2.2 Schematic of the Oben LTS Modules … … … … … 2-4 

Fig.3.1a Pie chart showing Percentage Distribution of Land Use … … … 3-6 

Fig.3.1b Bar chart showing Percentage Distribution of Land Use … … … 3-6 

Fig.3.2 Landuse Map of Oben Field Area … … … … … … 3-7 

Fig.3.3 Profile diagram of a typical bush fallow surrounding the study area … 3-8 

Fig.3.4 Profile diagram of a farm around the Project location … … … 3-9 

Fig.3.5 Demographic structure of the host communities of the 

WDGS/WAGP at Oben field … … … … … … … 3-30 

Fig.3.6 Income Structure … … … … … … … … 3-34 

vii


LIST OF TABLES 

TITLE PAGE 

Table 1.1 APPR and FDP Study GIIP and GUR Comparison … … … … 1-2 

Table 1.2: NAG wells production performance … … … … … … 1-3 

Table 2.1: Project Schedule … … … … … … … … 2-11 

Table 3.1: Wind Speed and Direction within Oben Field … … … … 3-2 

Table 3.2 Air Quality and Noise results for Oben Sampling Stations …` … … 3-2 

Table 3.3a: Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil in the Oben Field Area 

(Dry Season) … … … … … … … … 3-3 

Table 3.3b: Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil in the Oben Field Area 

(Wet Season) … … … … … … … … 3-4 

Table 3.4a: Heavy metals and THC concentration of Soils in Oben Field Area 

(Dry Season) … … … … … … … … 3-5 

Table 3.4b: Heavy metals and THC concentration of Soils in Oben Field Area 

(Wet Season) … … … … … … … … 3-5 

Table 3.5: Land use pattern and Pacentage Distribution … … … … 3-7 

Table 3.6: The Composition and Frequency of Plant Species in Oben Field … … 3-11 

Table 3.7: Mean Population Density of Key Economic Plant Species in Oben Field … 3-12 

Table 3.8: Plant Diseases, Causal Organisms and Severity Index of Infection in the 

Project Area … … … … … … … … … 3-13 

Table 3.9: List of Wildlife species within the Oben Field Area … … … … 3-14 

Table 3.10a: Soil heterotrophic bacterial and hydrocarbon utilizing bacteria of the Oben Field 

(Dry Season) … … … … … … … … … 3-15 

Table 3.10b: Soil fungi and hydrocarbon utilizing fungi of the Oben Field (Dry Season) … 3-15 

Table 3.10c: Soil heterotrophic bacterial and hydrocarbon utilizing bacteria of the Oben Field 

(Wet Season) … … … … … … … … … 3-16 

Table 3.10d: Soil fungi and hydrocarbon utilizing fungi of the Oben Field (Wet Season) … 3-16 

Table 3.11a: Summary of the Physico-chemical Conditions in the water bodies (Dry Season) 3-16 

Table 3.11b: Summary of the Physico-chemical Conditions in the water bodies (Wet Season) 3-17 

Table 3.12a: Composition and Abundance of Phytoplankton in the Study Stations 

(Dry season) … … … … … … … … … 3-18 

Table 3.12b: Composition and abundance of phytoplankton in the study stations 

(Wet Season) … … … … … … … … … 3-19 

Table 3.13a Composition and Abundance of Zooplankton in the Study Stations 

(Dry season) … … … … … … … … … 3-20 

Table 3.13b Composition and Abundance of Zooplankton in the Study Stations 

(Wet Season) … … … … … … … … … 3-21 

Table 3.14a Composition and Abundance of Macrobenthic Fauna in the Study Stations 

(Dry season) … … … … … … … … … 3-22 

Table 3.14b Composition and Abundance of Macrobenthic Fauna in the Study Stations 

(Wet season) … … … … … … … … … 3-23 

Table 3.15a: Microbiological Properties of Surface Waters in Oben field (Dry season) … 3-24 

Table 3.15b: Microbiological Properties of Surface Waters in Oben field (Wet season) … 3-24 

Table 3.16: Fin fishes in the Jamieson river of the Oben field … … … … 3-25 

Table 3.17a: Heavy metal concentrations in selected fish species from waters in Oben field 

(Dry Season) … … … … … … … … … 3-25 

Table 3.17b: Heavy metal concentrations in selected fish species from waters in Oben field 

(Wet Season) … … … … … … … … … 3-25 

Table 3.18: Physico-chemical Characteristics of Boreholes Waters in Oben Field 

(Wet and Dry Seasons) … … … … … … … 3-27 

Table 3.19 Population Census of Communities in Oben Field in 1991 and its Projected 

Population in 2006 … … … … … … … … 3.28 

viii


Table 3.20 Demographic structure of the host communities of the 

WDGSP/WAGP at Oben field … … … … … … 3-29 

Table 3.21 Religion and Ethnicity … … … … … … … … 3-30 

Table 3.22: Marital Status … … … … … … … … 3-31 

Table 3.23: Educational Characteristics … … … … … … … 3-31 

Table 3.24: Household Size … … … … … … … … 3-32 

Table 3.25: Occupational Structure … … … … … … … 3-33 

Table 3.26: Average incomes in Study Area … … … … … … 3-33 

Table 3.27: Housing Types and Structure in Oben Oil Filed Host Communities … 3-35 

Table 3.28: Perception of Environmental Problems … … … … … 3-36 

Table 3.29: Needs and Desires of Oben Oil Field Host Communities … … … 3-36 

Table 3.30 Prevalent diseases at Oben communities (obtained from 

questionnaire survey and clinical/physical examination) … … … 3-38 

Table 3.31 Prevalent diseases among children at Oben communities (obtained 

from questionnaire survey and clinical/physical examination) … … 3-39 

Table 3.32: Nutritional status of Adult respondents as estimated by the Body 

Mass Index (BMI) … … … … … … … … 3-40 

Table 3.33: Indices of Underweight, stunting and wasting among children 

in Oben community … … … … … … … … 3-41 

Table 3.34: Health facilities at Oben field … … … … … … 3-42 

Table 3.35: Prevalent diseases recorded at Oben Cottage Hospital during 

the period 2002-2005 … … … … … … … 3-43 

Table 3.36: Out-patients recorded at Oben Cottage Hospital during 2005 

and the distribution pattern according to the communities … … … 3-45 

Table 3.37: In-patients recorded at Oben Cottage Hospital during 2005 and 

the distribution pattern according to the communities. … … … 3-46 

Table 3.38: Births and Still-births records at the Oben Cottage Hospital during 2005 … 3-47 

Table 3.39: Number of children immunized between 2002 and 2005 

at the Oben Cottage Hospital … … … … … … 3-48 

Table 3.40: Records of Child immunization at the Oben Cottage Hospital during 2005 … 3-48 

Table 3.41: Health professionals at Oben Cottage Hospital … … … … 3-49 

Table 3.42: Equipment recorded and their functioning at Oben Cottage Hospital … 3-50 

Table 3.43: Group Assembly Discussion on Health Issues … … … … 3-52 

Table 4.1: Likelihood of occurrence … … … … … … … 4-2 

Table 4.2: Potential consequence … … … … … … … 4-2 

Table 4.3: Potential consequences classification matrix … … … … 4-3 

Table 4.4: Degree of Impact Significance … … … … … … 4-5 

Table 4.5: Impact Assessment Matrix … … … … … … … 4-5 

Table 4.6a: Associated and Potential Impacts (Construction/Drilling) … … … 4-8 

Table 4.6b: Associated and Potential Impacts (Operations) … … … … 4-31 

Table 4.6c Associated and Potential Impacts (Decommissioning) … … … 4-41 

Table 4.6d Associated and Potential Impacts (Flowlines) … … … … 4-47 

Table 5.1: Proposed Mitigation Measures … … … … … … 5-2 

Table 6.1 Environmental Management Plan for the various activities 

in the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field … … … … … 6-4 

ix


LIST OF APPENDICES 

Appendix 1: Maps 

Appendix 2 : Field Methodologies 

Appendix 3: Questionaire for HIA 

Appendix 4: Questionaire for SIA 

Appendix 5: Hazard Rating and Definition (HEMP System) 

Appendix 6: Minute of meetings/list of Attendance on Consultation Meeting at Oben Community Hall 

Appendix 7: Detailed TOR 

x


LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 

ALARP As Low As Reasonably Possible 

ANSI American National Standards Institute 

APHA American Public Health Association 

ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 

cfu/g Colony forming unit per gram 

cfu/ml Colony forming unit per millilitre 

cm Centimetre 

C Carbon 

Ca Calcium 

CAO Computer Assisted Operations 

CEC Cation Exchange Capacity 

Cl Chloride 

Cu Copper 

CO Carbon monoxide 

CO2 Carbon dioxide 

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand 

CPF Central Processing Facility 

DEP Design and Engineering Practice 

DPR Department of Petroleum Resources 

E East 

EGASPIN Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria 

E & P Exploration and Production 

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment 

ESS Expandable Sand Screen 

FMEnv Federal Ministry of Environment 

FDP Field Development Plan 

GC Gas Chromatograph 

GPS Global Positioning System 

GSI Gonadosamatic Indices 

GTS Gas Transmission System 

HAZOP Hazard and operability 

HEMP Hazards and Effects Management Process 

HNO3 Trioxonitrate (V) acid 

HP High Pressure 

HSE Health, Safety & Environment 

HUB Hydrocarbon Utilizing Bacteria 

HUF Hydrocarbon Utilizing Fungi 

H2SO4 Tetraoxosulphate (VI) acid 

km kilometres 

m metres 

mg/kg milligram per kilogram 

mg/l milligram per litre 

ml millilitre 

MMb Million Metric Barrels 

MMstb Million Metric Standard barrels 

mm milimetre 

ms -1 metres per second 

mS/cm Milli Siemens per centimetre 

mv millivolt 

N North 

NAPIMS National Petroleum Investment Management Services of the NNPC 

NNPC Nigerian National Petroleum Company 

xi


NE North East 

NOx Nitrogen Oxides 

NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit 

NW North West 

OHGP Open Hole Gravel Pack 

o C Degree Celsius 

PAH Poly Aromatic Hydrocarbon 

pH Hydrogen ion concentration 

ppm Parts per million 

ppt Parts per thousand 

S South 

SE South East 

sp species 

SPDC Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited 

SPM Suspended Particulate Matter 

SSW South South West 

Stb Standard barrels 

SW South West 

SFAGG South Forcados Associated Gas Gathering 

SSAGG Southern Swamp Associated Gas Gathering 

STABOR Computer Programme for well bore stability 

TBA Traditional Birth Attendant 

TDS Total Dissolved Solid 

TFC Total Fungal Count 

THBC Total Heterotrophic Bacterial Count 

THC Total Hydrocarbon Content 

UR Undeveloped Reserve 

VOC Volatile Organic Compounds 

W West 

% Percentage 

< Less than 

xii


EIA PREPARERS 

MABOTES NIGERIA LIMITED TEAM 

Mr. M.U. Joseph - Project Manager/ Air Quality 

Dr. A.E. Ogbeibu - Project Coordinator/Hydrobiology & Fisheries 

Mr. W. Adesanya - Microbiology 

Dr. L. N. Edosomwan - Soil/ Sediment 

Mr.Osokpor Jerry - Geology 

Dr. J.F. Bamidele - Vegetation 

Dr. I. Ikhuoria - SIA 

Dr. C. E. Okaka - HIA 

Mr. I. Francis - HSE Officer 

ANALYTICAL PERSONNEL 

Mrs. D Ogeleke - Chemistry/ Lab Manager 

Mr. Sola Oladipo - Chemistry/ Lab Analyst 

(SPDC) REPRESENTATIVES 

Egnr. Ikechukwu Charles Okoro Corporate Head of Environment 

Oby Moore Team Lead, EIA 

Ifiok Sophia Samuel HIA Adviser 

A.U. Agbama Environmental Adviser 

Solomon Aliu Environmental Adviser 

Egnr. B. Ezento Project HSE Adviser 

I. Obi-Udu Project ELO 

A. Onokhowomo Project HSE 

Egnr. J.O Obiahu Medium Size Manager 

Egnr. C. Umeasiegbu Project Team Lead 

Egnr. B. Okonkwo Project Engineer 

REPORT REVIEWERS 

E. C. Ezeaku Environmental Adviser 

Dr. L. Odokuma Environmental Adviser 

F. Agho Environmental Adviser 

xiii


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 

The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC) wishes to acknowledge the opportunity 

granted it by the government of the Federal Republic of Nigeria through its Agencies, to conduct this 

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for Western Domestic Gas Supply at Oben Field. We have 

unequivocally enjoyed the cordial working relationships with the National Petroleum Investment Management 

Services (NAPIMS), our Joint Venture Partners, Federal Ministry of Environment (FMEnv), Department of 

Petroleum Resources (DPR), Delta and Edo State Governments, Delta and Edo States Ministries of 

Environment, the Local Government Council, the Elders, Chiefs and Youths of the host/pipeline communities. 

The SPDC thanks Mabotes Nigeria Limited and his team of consultants for the professional way they have 

handled the various aspects of the EIA data gathering, collation, analyses and reporting. Your initial 

consultation with the host communities is commendable. 

The efforts of the project Team comprising representatives from various SPDC departments, viz:- Environment 

(EPG-PN-CFHLW), Public and Government Affairs (PRW-PAF), Geomatics (EPG-PN-TTSGM), Area Team A 

(EPG-PN-CFHLW) and Legal (CLW LIT) are also recognized. 

xiv


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 

1.1 Background 

The West African Pipeline Company (WAPco) is currently engaged in efforts to construct the West 

African Gas Pipeline (WAGP) designed to deliver natural gas for power generation and industrial 

development from Nigeria to the Republic of Benin, Togo and Ghana. In January, 2003, these countries 

signed the WAGP Treaty to foster a stable and harmonised legal environment in which the pipeline will 

operate. They also entered into international project agreement with WAPco to realise the objective. 

WAPco intends to construct and commission the WAGP by December, 2006. The Volta River Authority 

(VRA) in Ghana plans to convert their oil-fired turbines in Takoradi (Ghana) to gas turbines using 

Nigerian Natural gas. 

In December, 2004, N-Gas (a joint venture company involving NNPC,Chevron and SPDC) entered into 

a gas purchase agreement called the “Takoradi Gas Sales Agreement” with NNPC/SHELL joint venture 

to supply about 50% of the “Foundation (Initial) Gas” required to commission the WAGP. The WAGP 

gas demand forecast shows a build-up from 150MMscf/d at start-up (anchor contracts) to around 

350MMscf/d over 20 years. 

The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC) is a major oil producing 

company in Nigeria. SPDC is the operator of the Joint Venture between the Nigerian National 

Petroleum Corporation (NNPC), Shell Companies in Nigeria (SCiN), TotalFinaElf Nigerian Limited, and 

Nigerian Agip Oil Company (NAOC). SPDC, as the proponent, carried out the Environmental Impact 

Assessment (EIA) of the Western Domestic Gas Supply Project/ West African Gas Pipeline 

(WDGSP/WAGP) at Oben Field. 

An Environmental Impact Assessment for the project has been carried out in accordance with the 

requirement of Nigerian legislation and SPDC’s HSE policy. 

1.2 Legal and Administrative Framework 

The impact assessment was undertaken in compliance with the provisions of the relevant regulatory 

framework stipulated by the then Federal Environmental Protection Agency (FEPA), now the Federal 

Ministry of Environment (FMEnv & UD), and the Department of Petroleum Resources (DPR). The local 

and international regulations and standards consulted include Oil Pipelines Ordinances CAP 145 

(1956), Oil Pipelines Act (1965), FEPA Act No 58 (1988), EIA Act No 86 (1992), DPR (1999, 2002), 

World Bank Guidelines on Environmental Assessment (1991), UNFCC (1994), IUCN (1996), the Edo 

State Forestry Law CAP 59 (1976) vol 3 previously known as Bendel State Forestry Law CAP 59 (1976) 

are substantive legislation applicable. 

1.3 The Project 

The WDGSP/WAGP Project objectives are as follows: 

• To supply quality gas to WAGP by December, 2006. 

• Generate revenue for the Joint Venture and the nation 

• To promote gas utilization and industrial development in the West Africa Sub-region 

• Opportunity to upgrade ageing facilities 

The entire project consists of the following sub activities; 

a) Drop Low Temperature Separator (LTS) Pressure below 76 barg and re-compress gas using 

Booster compressor 

b) Install mechanical refrigeration plant 

c) Install new Twister gas processing module 

d) Construct new Turbo expander plant 

e) Treat gas in Lagos with mechanical refrigeration 

f) Run LTS at –20 

xv 

o c and Rehabilitate the gas process modules


1.4 Project Location 

The Oben Field where the project shall be carried out is located within OML 4 SPDC land location about 

90km South of Benin-city in Orhionmwon Local Government Area of Edo State and Ethiope East LGA, 

Delta State. It shares a common boundary with PAN OCEAN’s OML 98. The Field was discovered in 

April 1972. The site lies between Eastings (5 52’ 3.718”E) and Northings (6 0’ 39.296”N) and is 

bounded by Oben, Iguelaba, Ikobi and Obozogbe-Nugu communities in Orhionmwon Local Government 

Area of Edo State. The Field comprises of a Flowstation, a Gas Plant and a Nigerian Gas Company 

(NGC) compressor station. 

1.5 Consultation 

This is an integral part of the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field, the project team, held a series of 

stakeholder consultation sessions. The consultation sessions were in form of EIA scoping workshops, 

sensitisation of Edo State Government and Orhionmwon Local Government Council and engagement of 

stakeholders during data acquisition and open fora as part of the EIA studies. The stakeholders 

identified for the project and who participated in the various consultation sessions included communities 

within the project area, NGOs (Niger Delta Peace Coalition, Nigerian Environmental Society), regulators 

(DPR, FMEnv, Edo State Ministry of Environment), other government agencies, consultants, CBOs, 

media, etc. Consultations with stakeholders would improve corporate image through promotion of third 

party participation especially during decommissioning activities which would lead to disengagement of 

staff, labour issues and third party agitation 

1.6 Baseline Environmental Status 

The environmental characteristics of the proposed project area as indicated by the various ecological 

components have been carefully studied through existing maps, meteorological reports, baseline 

reports and detailed field studies. 

1.6.1 Climate and Meteorology 

The study area is located in the Gulf of Guinea and lies in the semi-hot equatorial zone and with distinct 

climatic seasons, wet and dry. The climate in the area is typical of the equatorial rain forest. Two main 

winds, southwest (SW) and the northeast (NE) generally influence the weather conditions in the project 

area. 

Within the project area, rainfall is generally high with an average of about 2480mm per annum, based 

on historical records. Climatic conditions portray maximum wind speed of 55m/s in the north-eastern 

direction at station 5 and a minimum of 0.9m/s at station 4 in the north-eastern direction 

1.6.2 Air Quality and Noise 

Gaseous pollutants, NOx, SOx suspended particulate matter (SPM) and all other air quality indicators are 

all below DPR/FMEnv limits. The noise level ranged from 54.2-80.8dB(A), which is lower than 

DPR/FMEnv limits of 90.0dB(A) 

1.6.3 Soils 

The texture of the soils in Oben Field ranges from sand to loamy sand. The percentages of silt and clay 

are low. Clay particles ranged from 3.60 to 15.2% with a mean of 7.4%. Porosity is high and water 

infiltration into the subsoil is fast. The soil pH is strongly to moderately acidic, ranging from 4.30 – 5.35 

with a mean of 4.78. 

The organic matter values were high and the exchangeable cations were very low. The heavy metal 

concentrations of the soils in Oben Field were low except for iron whose concentration ranged between 

115 and 340 mg/Kg. Most of the heavy metal values were below permissible limits to elicit 

environmental concern. The total hydrocarbon (THC) values were low and below the 50 mg/Kg found in 

soils with luxuriant growth of plants. 

xvi


1.6.4 Land use and Agriculture. 

The land use pattern in Oben Field are forestry, industrial, agricultural and settlements. The Oben Field 

is part of the Urhonigbe Forest Reserve, although a sizable part of the forest has been destroyed by 

human activities. Exploitation of this forest for economic trees is on-going. The Oben flowstation and 

gas plant, with associated well heads, pipeline and flowline routes constitute the industrial land take in 

the area. Arable crops like cassava, yam and maize were mostly cultivated in the area. 

1.6.5 Vegetation 

The project area is situated within the lowland rainforest belt of Nigeria. The natural vegetation has, 

however, been altered in most parts of the project area by human activities. Secondary lowland 

rainforests and bush fallows were the predominant types of vegetation cover. Various sizes of 

farmlands were also observed in the project area. 

The dominant plant species include Chromolaena odorata, Alchornea cordifolia (Christmas bush), 

Icacina trichantha, Aspilia Africana ,Trema occidentalis, Musanga cercropioides, Solanum torvum, Ficus 

esperata, Emilia coccinea, Tridax procumbens, Euphorbia heterophylla, and Panicum maximum 

(Guinea grass). These species are good indicators of secondary succession. The vegetation was 

generally found to be in good health. 

1.6.6 Wild Life 

The wildlife observed and sighted in the project area during the field study included insects, molluscs, 

amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. The inventory of invertebrate fauna was diverse and 

consisted of forest dwelling species dominated by ants, beetles and millipedes. Many genera and 

species of arthropods were recorded. Ants, flies, butterflies and grasshoppers were a common feature 

within the area. Some species of bugs, dragon flies and damsel flies were also recorded. The mollusca 

fauna was represented by the presence of the giant African land snail, Archachatina marginata suturalis 

and the garden snail, Limicolaria aurora. 

1.6.7 Aquatic Environment 

1.6.7.1 Surface/Ground Water Quality 

The main water body adjoining the Oben Field is the Jamieson River’. It lies towards the north end of 

the Field, and its closest distance from the Oben flowstation is about 15Km. The temperature of the 

surface water in the area ranged from 28.7 to 33.3 0 C. Turbidity values varied between 0.1NTU and 

17.8NTU; total dissolved solids varied from 5.5 to 33.2mg/l and the suspended solids ranged between 


phytoplankton composition and abundance at Jamieson River are similar to what obtains in similar 

water bodies in the Niger Delta. The poor occurrence of euglenoids and cyanophytes in the Jamieson 

River indicates the unpolluted state of this river. 

1.6.7.3 Zooplankton Studies 

The zooplankton community of the surface water consisted mostly of Ostracoda and Copepoda. The 

Ostracoda were represented by Cytheridella tepida and Stenocypris sp. The Copepoda was made up of 

mainly Cyclopoids (Microcyclops varicans). Generally, the zooplankton diversity was very low. 

1.6.7.4 Microbial Flora 

The heterotrophic bacterial count of water samples of the Oben Field area ranged from 1.1 x 10 6 to 12.5 

x 10 6 cfu/ml with low percentage of hydrocarbon utilizers (0.01 to 0.90%). The counts were within the 

range usually obtained from unperturbed environment (10 2 -10 6 cfu/ml). The predominant bacterial 

species in the water bodies of the study area were Bacillus s. Staphylococcus sp. Pseudomonas sp. 

and Escherichia sp. 

The fungal counts of water samples from the Oben Field area ranged from 3.1 x 10 5 to 9.8 x10 5 cfu/ml. 

The predominant fungal isolates in water samples within the Oben Field area were Mucor sp., 

Cladosporum sp Penicillium sp. and Candida sp. The low ratio of microbial counts to hydrocarbon 

utilizers of below 1.0% indicates that there was low total hydrocarbon content in the waters of the study 

area. 

1.6.7.5 Hydrogeology/Hydrology 

The altitude of the Oben Field rises slightly in excess of 50ft above mean sea level. Three (3) chronostratigraphic 

units - Agbada, Akata and Benin formation have been identified in the sedimentary building 

of the Niger Delta Basin. Sediment thickness in sequence in most basins was Quaternary deposits 

characterized with geomorphologic units. 

The hydrogeological set-up constitutes of fine medium grain sand aquifers, which were more than 15m 

thick (Oben closest depth is between 46-60m). A clay layer ranging in thickness from 3.5-9.0m overlies 

the aquifers and the static water level at Oben was low. The ground waters are portable and belong to 

the Ca-Mg-CO3 facia type with low concentrations of hydrocarbons (


The available social and infrastructural facilities in the host communities were primary and secondary 

schools, borehole water schemes, teachers’ quarters, petrol station, model agricultural farm, cottage 

hospital, electricity, cassava mills and markets. 

The standard of living and income in the Oben Field communities were generally low. Over four-fifth of 

the residents earned less than N10,000 per annum. The houses in the area were characterised by eight 

(8) combinations of materials used in the construction of the walls and roofs. These were unplastered 

mud walls with zinc roof; half plastered walls with zinc roof; fully plastered walls with zinc roof; 

unplastered cement block walls with zinc; half plastered cement walls with zinc roof; fully plastered 

cement walls with zinc roof; stick and mortar walls (Wastle and Daud Technology) with zinc roof and 

stick and mortar walls with thatch roof. 

The residents identified five (5) environmental problems, namely: gas flaring, flooding, erosion, poor 

soils and pests. The expectations of the host communities were grouped into four (4), namely: 

employment (15.7 %), electricity (14.4 %), micro-credit (11. %) and water supply (10.8 %). 

1.8 Health Status 

There was only one (cottage) hospital in the project area. There were also patent medicine stores, 

traditional healers, traditional birth attendants (TBAs). The nearest specialist hospitals were at Sapele, 

Warri and Benin City which are connected by road networks. 

The common health problems identified among the adult population were malaria (30%), cough/URTI 

(28 %), body pains/ rheumatism (26%), dysentery/diarrhea (26%), gastroenteritis (14%) and typhoid 

(10%). Other common non-communicable ailments were injuries (16 %) dizziness (16 %), arthritis 

(12%), and high blood pressure (12%). Sexually transmitted diseases (STI but not HIV/AIDS 8%) and 

skin diseases (6%). Cholera was rare (4%) and worm infestations were low (4% from perceptions). 

Among the children the most common health problems were malaria (36%) dysentery/diarrhoea (32%), 

cough/URTI (24%), worm infestations (16%) typhoid (12%), gastroenteritis (10%) and measles (6%) in 

that order. 

The most prevalent communicable diseases were malaria, URTI or cough, diarrhoea diseases, skin 

infections and worm infestations while the most prevalent non-communicable diseases were body 

pains/rheumatism, arthritis, hernia, injuries and hypertension. 

The food items consumed by the residents of the communities were starchy staples. Beans, fish, 

shrimps, snails and bush meat from antelopes, grass cutter and rabbits are also consumed to a lesser 

extent. The residents also reared goats, sheep and fowls for meat and income. Among the children 

underweight, stunting and wasting were not common. The immunization coverage of the infants and 

children for oral polio and measles vaccine could not be correctly ascertained due to absence of health 

records but all parents (respondents) claimed to have given their children complete vaccination at birth 

as well as annual house to house polio and measles vaccine. 

Most adult males (about 80%) drank alcohol in each community. The male to female ratio in alcohol 

consumption was 8:1. About 60% of the males smoked cigarettes or snuffed ground tobacco as against 

5% in females who snuffed. Prostitution is known to exist in the communities. A few cases of STI were 

reported from the hospitals. No HIV/AIDS cases were reported. 

Environmental issues such as poor water supply, toilet facilities and personal hygiene contributed to 

poor health conditions in the communities. 

1.9 Impact Prediction 

Environmental impacts were assessed using the Shell Global Assessment Tool, which considered 

impacts arising from interactions between the various project activities and the sensitivities 

(components of the environment) and also those from interactions among the sensitivities. The activities 

xix


involved in the various phases (construction, drilling, flowline installation, operations and 

decommissioning) of the project had impacts on the environment. Beneficial and adverse impacts were 

identified, described and rated. 

1.9.1 Construction Phase 

The potential impacts of the construction phase could result from the various activities undertaken in the 

phase. 

1.9.1.1 Mobilisation 

Mobilisation involving movement of personnel, equipment and materials will lead to impact such as 

pressure on available water for domestic use and other water related activities. There are also 

enhanced opportunities for employment, contracting, services and income generation. Other impacts 

include increased pressure on existing infrastructure, social vices, third party agitations, cost of 

living/inflation, nuisances, accidents and injuries. 

1.9.1.2 Site preparation 

Clearing of vegetation during site survey, site clearing and site excavation could result in the destruction 

of indigenous plant communities in the acquired land area. This could lead to death and permanent 

loss of some economic, medicinal and food crops, and potential emergence of species alien to the 

environment. 

Clearing of vegetation could cause loss of habitat for wildlife, provide increased access for hunting and 

logging, increased erosion of the cleared area, and might expose field workers/community members to 

attacks by poisonous snakes, bees, spiders/other wildlife, and contact with poisonous plants. 

Noise, emissions and vibrations from heavy machinery used for site preparation could frighten wildlife 

and scare them away. Destruction of vegetation and noise/emissions generated in the process could 

lead to third party agitation while recruitment of labour force for site clearing could provide opportunities 

for employment. 

1.9.1.3 Construction/Drilling/Flowline Activities 

The impacts from construction activities include increased pressure on existing infrastructure, and 

diffusion of culture and traditions, which might result from increase in population, cost of living and 

inflation. These impacts have negative, local and short-term effects, which are reversible. Some positive 

impacts of these activities are increase in employment/contracting opportunities, and shift from 

traditional occupations to financially more rewarding employment. 

Other negative impacts that could arise are increased social vices, and road traffic accidents, which 

could lead to third party agitation with consequences on corporate reputation. 

1.9.1.4 Waste generations - emissions, effluents, solids 

Emissions during construction activities could cause impairment of air quality, leading to increased 

morbidity from respiratory tract diseases and consequent pressure on health infrastructure. Emissions 

might also decrease the quality of the habitat and biodiversity. 

Effluents and solid wastes could contaminate soil and surface water. Consumption of contaminated 

water could cause illness, third party agitation, and pressure on health facilities. The management of 

these wastes could, however, provide opportunity for employment and contracting. 

1.9.1.5 Incidents 

The main incidents that could take place include accidents, injuries and contact with poisonous 

organisms. These could lead to third party agitations with effect on corporate reputation. 

xx


1.9.1.6 Decommissioning of Structures 

The decommissioning following the completion of the construction phase could lead to third party 

agitation resulting from labour and human rights issues, related to loss of employment. Accidents and 

injuries that could occur might put increased pressure on healthcare facilities. The recruitment of 

workers for the activities could, however, provide opportunities for employment and contracting thus 

providing increased income. 

1.9.2. Operations Phase 

1.9.2.1 Maintenance of Acquired Land 

The proper maintenance of flowline right of way (ROW) could provide opportunities for 

employment/contracting; improve access to forest and farmlands. However, it could expose the workers 

engaged in maintenance work to attack by poisonous snakes, bees, scorpions, other wild animals and 

contact with poisonous plants. This could result in injuries and increased pressure on healthcare 

facilities. 

1.9.2.2 Labour Requirement 

The recruitment of the workers for maintenance and operation activities could provide opportunity for 

increased employment and income generation. The increased population from the influx of workers and 

camp followers could put pressure on existing social, healthcare and other infrastructure leading to 

increase in social vices. This could lead to community agitation. 

1.9.2.3 Waste Generation (emissions, effluents and solids) 

Emissions from operational activities could impair air quality, which might result in increased morbidity 

from respiratory tract diseases. Disposal of untreated effluents on land could cause impairment of the 

recipient environments and the health of terrestrial life. This could adversely affect the traditional 

occupations of farming, lumbering and hunting thereby reducing income from them, which could arouse 

third party agitation. The management of solid wastes could provide opportunities for employment and 

contracting resulting in increased income. Improper management could result in contamination of 

surface water, impairment of health of terrestrial life, increased level of disease vectors and increase in 

morbidity rate, thereby putting pressure on existing healthcare facilities. 

1.9.2.4 Generation of Nuisance (noise, vibrations and continuous light) 

The potential hearing impairment from noise and vibrations could cause increased pressure on existing 

healthcare facilities and consequently arouse third party agitations. Similarly, continuous light could 

cause disturbance to nocturnal organisms. 

1.9.2.5 Incidents 

Incidents such as emissions, spills, explosions, fires and electrocution which could occur during 

operations might lead to loss of assets and properties, increased morbidity and mortality rates, pressure 

on existing healthcare and emergency facilities. These incidents could lead to third party agitations and 

adverse effect on corporate image. 

1.9.3 Decommissioning Phase 

1.9.3.1 Supplies 

Supply of labour, food and materials during this phase could put pressure on available food, water, and 

other infrastructure for transportation. The recruitment of workers from communities could create 

opportunities for employment, contracting and increased income from provided services. 

1.9.3.2 Dismantling of Structures 

Dismantling activities could generate noise, vibrations, dust, and emissions, which might result in 

increased level of nuisance, accidents, injuries and pressure on healthcare facilities. This could result in 

third party agitation. Improper disposal of generated wastes could contaminate surface water and soil. 

xxi


The packaging, removal and disposal of dismantled equipment and structures could provide 

opportunities for employment and contracting. 

1.10 Mitigation and Ameliorative Measures 

Mitigation measures were provided for those impacts rated as moderate or major, while the identified 

negligible/minor impacts would be addressed by existing standard practices in SPDC. The measures 

proffered were to reduce the severity of identified negative impacts and enhance the beneficial effects 

To ensure the successful execution of the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field, SPDC shall apply the 

following measures: 

Effective journey management shall be applied through all phases of the project. 

Ensuring that vegetation clearing activities are reduced to the barest minimum. The cutting of 

vegetation outside the designated areas and creation of access routes into the forest shall be 

prohibited. 

HSE training and job hazard analysis shall be conducted to ensure that all staff observes safety 

rules at work places. 

Exposure to high noise equipment shall be restricted to the recommended 8-hour a day limit 

SPDC shall maintain fuel combustion engines at optimal operating conditions to reduce 

emissions of exhaust gases. 

Routine inspection of wellheads and other facility shall be maintained to ensure facility integrity. 

SPDC shall regularly monitor the project environment using an environmental monitoring plan. 

Excavation and other activities that may result in the alteration of the landscape and condition of 

the land cover shall be limited. 

SPDC shall manage wastes generated in accordance with regulatory requirements and 

standard practices. 

SPDC shall keep to the operational lifespan of the project. 

Appropriate warning signs shall be used to alert residents of the presence of 

machines/equipment at abandonment and decommissioning. 

SPDC shall embark on community development programmes in line with the MOUs. 

SPDC shall activate her oil and gas spill contingency plans to minimize impacts of oil and spills 

and leaks on the surrounding environment. 

1.11 Environmental Management Plan 

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the proposed WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field 

incorporates various mitigation measures to ensure that adverse impacts associated with the project 

are reduced to ‘As Low As Reasonably Practicable’ (ALARP) levels. The EMP addresses waste 

management, environmental audit and environmental monitoring programmes of the WDGSP/WAGP at 

Oben Field. 

Waste management plan for the project is targeted primarily at waste minimisation, waste reuse and 

recycling such as, reuse and recycling of drilling mud. Processes already exist to measure and record 

quantity of waste generated. 

Environmental audit will be conducted on a regular basis for all operations facilities throughout the life 

span of the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field. 

The Environmental Monitoring Programmes for the proposed project, which shall cover environmental 

components and discharge types, shall comply with DPR/FMEnv regulatory requirements. 

1.12 Conclusion 

The environmental impact assessment has shown that the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field could be 

executed and operated with minimal negative impacts on the surrounding environment by implementing 

recommended mitigative measures, environmental management plan and other provisions of this EIA. 

The economic gains to the communities, Local Government Areas, States and the Federal government 

xxii


from the project outweigh the adverse impacts. The approval of this EIA report for the execution of the 

WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field is hereby solicited. 

xxiii

Chapter One Introduction, Administrative & Legal Framework 

1.1 INTRODUCTION 

CHAPTER ONE 

The Oben Field is situated in OML 4 ca. 60 km North East (NE) of Warri (Figure 1.1, Appendix I). A 

major structural building growth fault separates the field into two blocks. To the south, the downthrown 

block is a simple elongated rollover structure trending in the East West (EW) direction parallel to the 

major growth fault while the upthrown block is a footwall closure dipping toward the north. 

The field was discovered in 1972 on two-dimensional (2D) seismic dataset and came on stream in 1974 

with oil production peaking at 40 Mbopd in 1985. A total of 32 wells drilled in the Oben Field 

encountered hydrocarbons. Well 33 was drilled off structure. In the shallower reservoirs (C, D and E 

sands) the hydrocarbons are located in the downthrown block while in the deeper reservoirs (F, G and 

H) sands; the hydrocarbons are mainly in the upthrown block. 

Shell International Exploration and Production (SIEP) carried out a detailed Field Review in 1982, which 

formed the basis for a limited Field Development Plan of 1990. This led to the drilling of Oben-29 to 

Oben-32 in 1990 and 1991. Oben Field supplies non-associated gas through drainage points in 3 

Oben Wells (Oben-26, -27, -28) to NGC via ELPS. The existing flow station and gas plant has 

throughput capacities of 60 Mb/d and 90 MMscf/d respectively. The 1990-limited FDP suggested that 

the reservoir and fluid characteristics (strong aquifer, light crude and high GOR) make the use of gaslift 

unattractive due to low commercial value. 

A 3D seismic data (290 sq. km of 3000% multiplicity) was acquired over the Oben Field in Q3 1998 and 

processed in Q4 1999. This 1998 seismic data formed the basis for the Integrated Petroleum 

Engineering Studies (IPES) carried out in 2002. A total of seven key horizons namely C8, D2, E1, E3, 

F7, G2 and H1 (Figures 2.1 and 2.2) were correlated over the entire field. Interpretation was done in the 

Charisma workstation. The interpretation of the 3D seismic data led to a better understanding of the 

structural configuration of the Oben Field with resultant revisions in the volumes booked in the ARPR 

1/1/2004. There are significant changes in the structural pattern in the footwall closure against the major 

boundary fault compared to the previous 2D maps. The seismic interpretation and mapping of the year 

2002 were extended to cover the NAG reservoirs, however, no detailed study in terms of 3D static and 

dynamic reservoir modeling and integrated study were carried out for any of the NAG reservoirs. 

Due to the increasing Western Domestic Gas demands from both existing and new customers in the 

network and the demand occasioned by the West Africa Gas Pipeline (WAGP), an Oben Field NAG 

reservoirs study team was set up in 2003 to carry out a detailed study of the NAG reservoirs. 

Eight (8) major gas reservoirs (D2000M, D6500M, E6000M, E7000M, E8000M, F7000M, G1000M and 

D5000M--selected on the basis of FGIIP and depth), constituting about 60% of the field GUR, were 

modeled using SPIDER and MoReS. 

These models were considered sufficient by the team since they captured the subsurface uncertainties 

in the reservoirs and hence have been used for this study. 

Compared to 1/1/2005 ARPR there was a 1.2 % and 17 % reduction in Exp FGIIP and UR 

1-1


Table 1.1 APPR and FDP Study GIIP and GUR Comparison. 

Reservoir 1/1/2005 ARPR GIIP (this ARPR UR FDP UR 

GIIP (Bscf study) (Bscf) (Bscf) (Bscf) 

D2000M 321.6 325.2 192.5 168.4 

D6500M 270.9 271.4 174.9 155.8 

E6000M 106.5 105.1 74.3 68.6 

E7000M 105.4 100.8 72.5 62.5 

E8000M 113.7 105.5 79.2 61.1 

F7000M 123.7 117.4 94.9 47.2 

G1000M 114.4 112.5 87.5 49.2 

D5000M 246.2 247.1 147.5 151.2 

Total 1402.4 1385 923.3 764 

Forecasting of the NAG reservoir production performance was done for three gas scenarios with the 

aim of optimizing ultimate gas recovery. 

1.2 Project Background 



development from Nigeria to the Republic of Benin, Togo and Ghana. In January 2003, these countries 



WAPco intends to construct and commission the WAGP by December 2006. The Volta River Authority 



In December 2004, N-Gas (a joint venture company involving NNPC, Chevron and SPDC) entered into 





The SPDC gas supply to WAGP is planned to come from the Utorogu and Oben Non-Associated Gas 

(NAG) plants and the Nigeria Gas Company (NGC) stations in Odidi, Escravos Beach and Jones 

Creek. The Oben and Utorogu gas plants in their current operating conditions will not be able to meet 

the WAGP specifications and therefore a major plant modification will be required. This EIA covers 

activities proposed at the Oben project area. 

The construction of the WAGP 620km offshore gas pipeline and related infrastructure that will transport 

and commercialize Nigerian gas taken from the Escravos-Lagos Pipeline System (ELPS) to the 

aforementioned neighboring West African countries by WAPco is in progress’ The offshore portion was 

proposed to have land fall spurs in Benin (Cotonou) , Togo (Lome) and Ghana (Tema , Takoradi and 

Effasu) . 

The WAGP GSA provides the prevailing gas specification in the western gas network from 2007. These 

new data include 3D seismic volume, 3D based top and base structural maps, revised volumetric and 

reserves estimate, production data, pressures, PVT samples and fluid contact movements. 

1-2


The principal objective of the proposed development project is to carry out an upgrade of the Oben Gas 

Plant in order to satisfy existing and future gas specifications thereby contributing to Nigeria’s ability to 

sustain its growing energy needs and meet contractual obligations on the part of SPDC. The summary 

of works to be carried out at the WDGSP/WAGP project at Oben Field are listed below: 

a) Carry out WAGP Dew point related works; 

b) Carry out WAGP Metering and Monitoring related works; 

c) Carry out Integrity Works; 

d) Control System Upgrade Works; and 

e) Drill a new gas well at Oben in 2007. 

f) Flowline construction 

Oben field is located on OML 4, about 90km South of Benin -city (Figure 1.1). It is located in Edo State. 

Thirty-three (33) wells have been drilled in the Oben field of which 3 are gas wells. It has 56 evaluated 

hydrocarbon-bearing sands out of which 28 are non-associated gas (NAG) reservoirs. Oil production 

from the field started in 1974 and peaked at 40 Mbopd in 1985, and has declined to about 1.3 Mbopd, 

with a very significant loss in the number of wells in 2004 as a result of well interventions. 

The field is of two accumulations “A and “M” blocks separated by a growth fault; the “M” block is further 

intersected at the deeper levels by a antithetic fault which gives rise to a southern “B” block. Twenty two 

of the 28 NAG reservoirs are in the downthrown block (M & B) with the remaining in the upthrown block 

(A). The Oben Integrated Petroleum Engineering Study (IPES) previously carried out in 2002 identified 

and mapped these reservoirs. The 2002 IPES study also estimated probabilistic gas volumes and 

recovery factors using Shell proprietary softwares PROTEUS and SUITE respectively. The total Oben 

Field Gas Initially In Place (FGIIP) and Gas Ultimate Recovery (GUR) recorded in the IPES report were 

3051 Bscf and 2003 Bscf respectively. 

A total of three gas wells have been completed in the Oben Field; Wells –26T, 27T and 28T. The three 

wells have largely produced at varying rates due to fluctuation in the gas demand (Table 1.2). 

Table 1.2: NAG Wells Production Performance (as at 31/12/04) 

Well Reservoir FGIIP Peak Prod. Current Production Cumulative 

Bscf MMscf/d MMscf/d 

Bscf(1/10/2005) 

26T D6500M 270.9 58.3 32.3 117.9 

27T D2000M 321.6 57.8 33.4 120.2 

28T E8000M 113.7 40.7 0 61.1 

OBEN 028T 

quit 

production in 

April 2004 

due to water 

encroachment; its recovery from the E8000M reservoir was 61.1 Bscf or 54% of the FGIIP. This leaves 

only two wells producing in Oben. If the same recovery factor found for the E8000M were applied to 

both the D2000M and D6500M reservoirs the remaining life of OBEN026T and OBEN027T would be 

4.3 and 2.6 years respectively. There is considerable risk of failing to meet gas supply obligations if 

OBEN028T is not replaced before 2007. However, with the drilling and hook up of the two new Utorogu 

wells (32 and 33) the replacement for Oben 28T might as well come in 2007 without posing any threat 

to meeting the overall western gas supply obligations which requires the Oben plant to contribute as 

much as possible of the station capacity of 90MMscf/d. 

This project therefore proposes to drill one (1) infill gas well on the D5000M reservoir by Q4 2007 to fill 

and maintain the 90 MMscf/d plant capacity. Additional wells will be required by 2011 - to keep the 

facility full. Expansion of Oben gas plant in line with increasing domestic gas demand cannot be 

proposed now until other supply alternatives like Ughelli-East and Utorogu have been studied. In 

addition to the imperative for replacing well potential at the Oben Field, some of its facilities require 

modifications for meeting the WAGP gas hydrocarbon dew point specification of 10 

1-3 

o C at 27 bars, which


is more stringent than the current specification of 15 o C at 76 bars. The Oben gas plant suffers from a 

catalogue of technical integrity problems including glycol regeneration unit, metering, valves, etc. 

Operating envelope studies on the gas plant show that by restoring technical integrity no process 

modification is required to meet the WAGP gas specifications. However, new facilities will have to be 

installed to address the WAGP metering and monitoring requirements. 

1.3 The Proponent 

Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC) is a major Oil & Gas Exploration 

and Production (E & P) Company in Nigeria. It operates a joint Venture Partnership with Nigerian 

National Petroleum Corporation (NNPC), ELF Petroleum Nigeria Ltd (EPNL) and Nigerian Agip Oil 

Company (NAOC). The partnership participation are 55%, 30%, 10% and 5% for NNPC, SPDC, ELF 

and NAOC, respectively. 

SPDC first discovered oil in commercial quantities in Nigeria in 1956, although it had been operating in 

Nigeria since 1938. 

The company finally adopted the name Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited in 

1978 after previously changing its name from Shell D’ Arcy to Shell-BP. 

The company has 92 producing oil fields. These fields are located in the Sedimentary basin of the Niger 

Delta region with a production potential of over one million barrels of oil per day (about 50% of Nigeria’s 

Oil production capacity), the SPDC is the largest Oil Exploration and Production Company in Nigeria. 

1.4 Legal and Administrative Framework 

There are statutory regulations that require that a Development Permit for any new project and a Permit 

to Survey (PTS) a pipeline route be obtained by Oil Companies from the Minister of Petroleum 

Resources. There are regulations that require the proponent of a major/mandatory project to submit an 

EIA study report prior to the execution and before an approval for project execution. The Western 

Domestic Gas Supply Project/West African Gas Pipeline (WDGSP/WAGP) at Oben Field project is 

subject to many other specific statutes, guidelines and standards that ensure compliance with 

environmental pollution abatement in industries and facilities that generate wastes and deal with spills, 

discharges, groundwater protection and surface impoundment, health and safety, hazardous 

substances. 

1.4.1 Land-use Act 1978 

The Land-use Act was promulgated in 1978 with commencement date of March 29, 1978. It vests all 

land in each State of the Federation (except land already vested in the Federal Government of Nigeria 

or its agencies) in the Governor of the State. It makes the State Government the authority for allocating 

land in all urban areas for residential, agricultural, commercial and other purposes, while it confers 

similar powers regarding non-urban areas on the local governments in such cases. The governor of a 

State can revoke a right of occupancy for overriding public interest (e.g. petroleum mining and pipelines 

purposes) 

The following surface rights are permitted under Section 51 of the Land use Act: 

• Fishing rights 

• Buildings and other structures, juju shrines, objects of worship 

• Farms, cultivated crops, economic trees, roads 

• Loss of use of the land 

1-4


1.4.2 Petroleum Act – Cap 350 1990 and Exclusive Legislative List, (Constitution of Federal Republic 

of Nigeria) 

These legal provisions vest the entire ownership and control of all petroleum (natural gas included) in, 

under, or upon any lands and anywhere in Nigeria, its territorial waters, continental shelf areas as well 

as the exclusive economic zone areas in the Federal Government. 

In the course of land acquisition oil companies are enjoined to pay adequately for any damage caused 

to the land surface, including the surface rights. 

1.4.3 Oil Mining Lease, OML 

As long as it pays adequate compensation a lessee of an Oil Mining Lease can enter upon any land 

within its concession to affect the rights granted by the OML regardless of third party surface rights. 

Any person who interferes with or obstructs the holder of an OML or his servants and agents in the 

exercise of his rights shall be guilty of an offence. 

1.4.4 The Mineral Oil (Safety) Regulations, 1963 (Amended 1997) 

Section 37 and 40 require provision of personal protective equipment (PPE) and the safety measures 

for workers in drilling and production operation in accordance with international standards. 

1.4.5 Oil Pipelines Ordinances (CAP) 145, 1956 and Oil Pipelines Act, 1965 

The oil pipelines ordinance (CAP 1945), 1956, as amended by the Oil Pipelines Act 1965 provides 

under section 4(2) for a permit to survey (PTS) the pipeline route to be issued to the applicant by the 

Minister of Petroleum resources, for the purpose of transporting mineral oil, natural gas or any product 

of such oil or gas to any point of destination to which such a person requires such oil, gas or product, 

thereof, for any purpose connected with petroleum trade or operations. Such a survey should include 

the approximate route or alternative routes proposed, in order to determine the suitability of the land for 

laying and construction of the pipelines and ancillary installations. Section 15(1) of the Oil Pipelines 

Ordinance (CAP) 145 prohibits the holder of an OPL to enter upon, take possession of or use any of the 

following land unless the occupiers or persons in charge thereof have given their assent. 

(a) Any land occupied by a burial ground or cemetery; 

(b) Any land containing any grave, grotto and trees or things to be held sacred or the object of 

veneration; 

(c) Any land under actual cultivation. 

Further, the Federal republic of Nigeria Official Gazette on 2 nd October 1995 Vol. 82 No: 26 on Oil 

Pipelines Acts provides in details all the regulations on pipelines, proposed routes, construction 

activities and the associated protection measures. Consideration for public safety shall be in 

accordance with the provision of API/RP 1102 or any other recognized equivalent standards. The 

overall implication is that pipelines are constructed, in conformity with ASME B31.8 standards. 

1.4.6 National Inland Waterways Authority (NIWA) Act 13 of 1997 

NIWA is a statutory body established by the Federal Government of Nigeria with the power to regulate 

the use and utilization of declared Inland waterways and the Right of way (ROW) of declared 

waterways, creeks and lagoons. 

The following permits must be granted by NIWA for the execution of any pipe-laying project: 

i) Permit to survey (PTS) pipeline route that falls within the ROW and declared waterway. 

ii) License to lay pipe (OPL) for the approved pipeline routes stated in (i) above. 

iii) Permit for dredging activities within the declared waterways and ROW. 

iv) Any other relevant requirement as contained in Act No. 13 of 1997 and its operating Tariff 

thereof. 

1-5


1.4.7 Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria, EGASPIN ( 2002) 

The DPR Environmental Guidelines and Standards of 2002 stipulates in part VIII (A), the manner of 

preparing EIA. Section 6 provides guidelines for preliminary EIA Report. The content of detailed EIA 

Reports is outlined in Section 5 of Part VIII (A). 

1.4.8 Federal Ministry of Environment, (FMEnv) 

The Federal Ministry of Environment is now the apex institution in Nigeria charged with the overall 

responsibility for the protection and development of the environment, biodiversity conservation and 

sustainable development of Nigeria’s natural resources. The Ministry grants permits for environmental 

and laboratory consultancies and must approve an EIA study of a major development activity such as 

this one before the proponent can implement execution. 

1.4.8.1 Federal Ministry of Environment (FMEnv) Act No.58, 1988 

The Act, which was issued in 1991, provides National Interim Guidelines and Standards for industrial 

effluents, gaseous emissions, noise, air quality and hazardous wastes management for Nigeria. 

1.4.8.2 National Environmental Impact Assessment Act No. 86, 1992 

This Act, which became operational on 10 th December 1992, provides guidelines for activities for which 

EIA is mandatory in Nigeria. Such developments include the following: 

• Coastal reclamation involving an area of 50 hectares or more; 

• Conversion of mangrove swamps for industrial use covering an area of 50 hectares or more 

• Hydrocarbon processing facilities such as flow station or gas plant. 

This process involves the undertaking of mandatory study/meditation or assessment by a review panel 

and the preparation of a mandatory EIA report. 

1.4.8.3 EIA Sectoral Guidelines (Oil & Gas Industry Projects) 

These guidelines are to assist project proponents in conforming with the requirements of the EIA Act 

No. 86 of 1992 to obtain certification from the Federal Government of Nigeria through the Federal 

Ministry of Environment. 

1.4.8.4 FMENV (formerly FEPA) Regulations 

The Federal Ministry of Environment through former FEPA, also has the following regulations, policies 

and guidelines: 

(a) The National Policy on Environment, Federal Government of Nigeria 1989 

(b) National Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control in Nigeria 

(c) National Effluent Limitations Regulations S.1.8, 1991, lists the parameters in industrial effluents 

and gaseous emissions and their limitations and standards of discharges into the environment. 

(d) National Pollution Abatement in Industries and Facilities General Wastes Regulations S.1.9 1991 

requires every industry to install anti-pollution abatement equipment to treat effluent discharges 

and gaseous emissions to the standards and limits prescribed in Regulations S.1.8 

(e) Waste Management and Hazardous Wastes Regulations S.1.15 

1.4.9 Forestry Law CAP 59, 1976 

Edo State Forestry Law CAP 59 (1976) vol 3 previously known as Bendel State Forestry Law CAP 59 

(1976) are substantive legislation applicable. The law prohibits any act that may lead to the destruction 

of or cause injury to any forest produce, forest growth or forest property. The law prescribes the 

administrative framework for the management, utilization and protection of forestry resources in Nigeria. 

This law is applicable to the mangrove forest of the Niger Delta. 

1.4.10 State Legislation 

The Nigerian Constitution permits states to make legislations, laws, and edicts on the environment. The 

EIA Act No. 86 of 1992 also recommended the setting up of State Environmental Protection Agencies to 

participate in regulating the consequences of project development on their environment. In accordance 

with the provisions of Section 245 of FMEnv Act 58 of 1988 and Chapter 131 of the Laws of the 

1-6


Federation of Nigeria, Edict No 3 of January, 1994 as enacted by Military Administrator of Edo State of 

Nigeria to establish the Edo State Environmental Protection Agency (ESEPA), now State Ministry of 

Environment. They are important stakeholders in the Western Domestic Gas Supply Project/West 

African Gas Pipeline (WDGSP/WAGP) at Oben Field 

1.4.11 Public Health Law: 

The public health Law- CAP 103 of the Laws of Nigeria 

The public Health Order 47 of 1950 was amended to Public Health Law Cap 103 in October 1963. The 

law prohibits any act that may lead to the destruction of or cause injury to any human being in any LGA. 

Relevant sections are: 

Part 1 subsection 7 (d, h, k, l and n) and 

Part ll on sanitation sections 42, 45, 46, 48, and 52 

1.4.12 International Laws and Regulations 

Nigeria is signatory to several laws, treaties and regulations that govern the environment. 

Among these are: 

(i) World Bank Guidelines on Environmental Assessment {EA} (1991) 

(ii) International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN) Guidelines 

(iii) Convention on the Migratory Species of Wild Animals (Bonn Convention) 

(iv) Convention of Biological Diversity 

(v) Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural an National Heritage Sites (World 

Heritage Convention) and 

(v) Basel Convention on the Control of Trans-boundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and their 

Disposal. 

(vi) United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (1992) 

1.4.13 World Bank Guidelines on Environmental Assessment {EA} (1991) 

The World Bank requires the execution of an EIA on a proposed industrial activity by a borrower as a 

pre-requisite for granting any financial assistance in form of loans. Details of World Bank’s EIA 

procedures and guidelines are published in the Bank’s EA Source Book vols. I -III of 1991. Potential 

issues considered for EA in the upstream oil and gas industry include the following: 

• Biological Diversity 

• Coastal and Marine Resources Management 

• Cultural Properties 

• Hazardous and Toxic Materials and 

• International waterways. 

1.4.14 International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources 

(IUCN) Guidelines (1948/1956) 

The IUCN in conjunction with the Oil Industry International Exploration and Production Forum presented a set 

of guidelines for oil and gas exploration and production in mangrove areas. These guidelines are aimed at 

conservation of mangroves and enhancing the protection of marine ecosystems during E & P activities. The 

document also discusses the policy and principles for environmental management in mangrove areas as well 

as EIA procedures, Environmental Audit and Monitoring. 

1.4.15 Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (Bonn Convention). 

(1979) 

The Bonn Convention concerns the promotion of measures for the conservation (including habitat 

conservation especially for endangered species listed in Bonn) and management of migratory species. 

1-7


1.4.16 Convention on Biological Diversity (1992) 

The objectives of the Convention include the conservation of biological diversity, the sustainable use of 

its components, and the fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising out of the utilisation of genetic 

resources. 

1.4.17 Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage Sites (or 

World Heritage Convention) (1972) 

The convention sets aside areas of cultural and natural heritage for protection. The latter is defined as 

areas with outstanding universal value from the aesthetic, scientific and conservation points of view. 

1.4.18 Basel Convention on the Control of Trans-boundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and Their 

Disposal. (1989) 

The convention focuses attention on the hazards of the generation and disposal of hazardous wastes. 

The convention defines the wastes to be regulated and control their trans-boundary movement to 

protect human and environmental health against their adverse effects. 

1.4.19 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (1992) 

In order to achieve sustainable social and economic development, energy consumption for developing 

countries needs to grow taking into account the possibilities for achieving greater energy efficiency and 

for controlling greenhouse gas emissions in general. This also include the application of new 

technologies on terms which make such an application economically and socially beneficial, determined 

to protect the climate system for present and future generations. 

1.4.20 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) (1973/78) 

operating on a global scale 

The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution of Ships, 1973 was adopted in 1973. This 

Convention was subsequently modified by the Protocol 1978 relating thereto, which was adopted in 

1978. The Protocol introduced stricter regulations for the survey and certification of ships. It is to be 

read as one instrument and is usually referred to as MARPOL 73/78. 

This Conventions deals with pollution from land- based sources and dumping from ships, aircrafts, 

offshore drilling, underwater pipelines, nuclear plants and artificial islands. It includes a prohibition on 

the dumping of radioactive substances, including wastes. 

1.4.21 SPDC’s Community Affairs, Safety, Health, Environment and Security {CASHES}Policy 

SPDC operates under the guidelines of Shell International and complies strictly with them. Where 

national standards and regulations are more stringent than Shell guidelines, SPDC’s policy is to comply 

with the existing national legislation. 

It is SPDC's policy that all activities are planned and executed in a manner that: 

• Preserves the health, safety and security of its employees, the employees of SPDC contractors, 

and all members of the public who may be affected by SPDC operation. 

• Minimizes the impact of its operations on the environment. 

• Is sensitive to the needs and concerns of SPDC’s host communities. 

1.4.22 SPDC’s Environmental Assessment Policy 

It is SPDC’s policy to: 

• Carry out Environmental Impact Assessments and Evaluation in relation to all aspects of the natural 

and social environment that may affect or be affected by its activities; 

• Identify any such interface for the complete life cycle of both new and existing facilities and 

operations; 

• Enhance positive effects, prevent intolerable impacts from occurring; 

1-8


• Limit the nature and extent of any residual negative impacts, however caused, such that they are as 

low as practicable; 

• Consult relevant stakeholders; 

• Leave the environment at the end of the useful life of any operation in a condition suitable for future 

use; 

• Routinely monitor the environmental status of each operation and take corrective action as 

necessary. 

1.4.23 SPDC’s Waste Management Policy 

It is the policy of SPDC to: 

• Take all practical and reasonable measures to minimize the generation of solid and liquid 

wastes, as well as emissions from flares and otherwise; 

• Not use mineral oil-based mud in drilling; 

• Manage and dispose of wastes in an environmentally responsible manner; 

• Track and maintain records of waste streams and provide an auditable trail as to their management 

and disposal. 

1.4.24 SCiN Biodiversity Policy 

Which states that in Shell, we recognise the importance of biodiversity. Therefore, we are committed to: 

Work with others to maintain Ecosystems 

Respect the basic concept of Protected Areas 

Partner with others to make positive contributions towards the conservation of biodiversity in our 

areas of operations 

Conduct Environmental Assessments with increased focus on impacts on biodiversity 

Engage and collaborate with other stakeholders to manage biodiversity responsibly especially in 

sensitive environments 

1.4.25 SPDC’s Flares-Down Policy 

SPDC is committed to the elimination of routine flaring and venting as means of disposal of associated 

gas, and to a continuous reduction in the proportion of gas wasted as a result of operational or 

equipment failures. 

By 2008, all SPDC operated flowstations and processing facilities will be provided with equipment to 

gather and harness a Associated Gas (AG), and SPDC and its customers will be able to utilize this gas 

under normal operating conditions. Continuous venting of gas shall be eliminated by 2003. Also by 

2008, facilities shall be installed to utilize more than 90% of AG and by investing to achieve continuous 

improvement to the level of best Group practice thereafter. 

To implement this policy, SPDC shall carry out the following: 

• Gather High Pressure (HP), Low Pressure (LP) and Surge Vessel (SV) gas, unless SV volumes are 

fully required for flare purge; 

• Upgrade flares systems with Knock Out (KO) pots and clean-combustion tips. Low-purge flare tips 

shall be considered when units are replaced; 

• Consider shielded flares for sensitive locations; 

• Standby spare compressors shall not be provided; 

1.5 Structure of the Report 

The EIA report of Western Domestic Gas Supply (WDGSP/WAGP) Project at Oben Field is divided into 

eight chapters as follows: 

Chapter 1 introduces the project, presents the legal and administrative framework, while Chapter 2 

provides the project justification, objectives, design considerations and project description, Chapter 3 

1-9


describes the existing environment. Chapter 4 highlights the associated and potential impacts of the 

proposed project, Chapter 5 is on the mitigation measures of the envisaged Impacts, Chapter 6 

provides the Environmental Management Plan. Chapter 7 talks about the consultation programme 

embarked upon for the project. while. Chapter 8 gives the conclusion and recommendations. 

1.6 Terms of Reference 

SPDC commissioned an EIA of the Western Domestic/WAGP Gas Supply Project at Oben Field in 

order to comply with statutory requirements. The EIA will establish the environmental issues associated 

with the project, predict their impacts and magnitudes; suggest and evaluate project alternatives with 

regard to cost effectiveness and environmental friendliness and recommend mitigation measures. 

The summary of the scope of the EIA is as follows; 

Literature review 

Baseline Data Collection: 

• Field Work 

• Laboratory/Data Analyses 

Assessment and Prediction of Potential Impacts 

Determination of Appropriate Mitigation Measures 

Environmental Management Plan 

The workscope of the baseline data acquisition was; 

Biophysical 

Climate and meteorology 

Air quality and noise 

Vegetation 

Land use/cover 

Wildlife 

Geology and hydrogeology 

Soil/sediment quality 

Aquatic studies 

Groundwater quality 

Hydrobiology and fisheries 

Social 

Demography 

Social conditions of communities 

Socio-economic condition of the communities 

Socio-political structure/organisation, political/dispute resolution institutions and mechanisms 

Archaeological and historical data 

Social structure/trends and social groups 

Social facilities 

Social needs of the communities and 

Community perceptions/view/opinions/benefits of the projects 

Health 

Socio-economics/vital health statistics 

Individual/family/community health determinant 

Health outcomes 

Environmental health determinants 

Institutional health determinants 

Knowledge, attitudes and practices 

1-10


1.7 Declaration 

SPDC shall abide with all applicable international conventions, protocols and agreements; national, 

state and local government laws/regulations and guidelines governing effective environmental 

management and good practices in the Western Domestic/WAGP Gas Supply Project at Oben Field. 

1-11

Chapter Two Project Justification 

2.0 PROJECT JUSTIFICATION 

CHAPTER TWO 

The justification for the Western Domestic/West African Gas Pipeline Upstream Gas Supply Project is 

provided below 

2.1 Need for the Project 



development from Nigeria to the Republic of Benin, Togo and Ghana. In January 2003, these countries 



WAPco intends to construct and commission the WAGP by December 2006. The Volta River Authority 



In December 2004, N-Gas (a joint venture company involving NNPC, Chevron and SPDC) entered into 





The SPDC gas supply to WAGP is planned to come from the Utorogu and Oben Non-Associated Gas 

(NAG) plants and the Nigeria Gas Company (NGC) stations in Odidi, Escravos Beach and Jones 

Creek. The Oben and Utorogu gas plants in their current operating conditions will not be able to meet 

the WAGP specifications and therefore a major plant modification will be required. This EIA covers 

activities proposed at the Oben project area. 

The construction of the WAGP 620km offshore gas pipeline and related infrastructure that will transport 

and commercialize Nigerian gas taken from the ELPS to the aforementioned neighboring West African 

countries by WAPco is in progress. The offshore portion was proposed to have land fall spurs in Benin 

(Cotonou) , Togo (Lome) and Ghana (Tema , Takoradi and Effasu) . 

2.2 Value of the Project 

The revenue that will accrue from sale of commercially priced gas will substantially increase the foreign 

exchange earning of the Federal Government of Nigeria, in addition to the revenue from crude oil and 

condensate production. The project will also boost direct foreign investment into the sub-region 

2.3 Envisaged Sustainability 

The envisaged sustainability is categorised as follows: 

2.3.1 Economic Sustainability 

The Western Domestic Gas /WAGP Supply Project at Oben shall be sustainable because of the huge 

and proven gas reserves that can economically and commercially support the project. There is high 

and growing demand for natural gas in the West African Sub-region. Part of this demand would be met 

by this project. The project will therefore contribute substantially to the revenue generation and 

industrial growth in Nigeria and West African Sub-region. 

2.3.2 Technical Sustainability 

The Western Domestic Gas /WAGP Supply Project at Oben is technically sustainable because of 

SPDC’s proven gas technology and strict adherence to national, international and industry acceptable 

engineering design and construction standards. Innovative technologies that are economically viable, 

2-1


with minimal environmental, social and health impacts shall be utilised in the execution of the proposed 

project. The proposed project will also ensure technical and operational integrity of the gas plant for a 

minimum of 25 years. 

2.3.3 Environmental Sustainability 

The Western Domestic Gas/WAGP Supply Project at Oben shall be environmentally sustainable 

because of the adoption of SPDC HSE and Environmental Assessment policies. Incorporating the 

findings and recommendations of this EIA and subsequent implementation of the Environmental 

Management Plan for various project phases will ensure the desired environmental sustainability. 

2.3.4 Social Sustainability 

The social sustainability of the Western Domestic Gas /WAGP Supply Project at Oben which will 

emanate from Stakeholders engagement, include the following: skills acquisition, empowerment, 

employment and business opportunities, provision of social infrastructure, etc. 

2.4 Project Objective 

The Project objectives are as follows: 

• To supply quality gas to WAGP by December 2006. 

• Generate revenue for the Joint Venture and the nation 

• To promote gas utilization and industrial development in the West Africa Sub-region 

• Opportunity to upgrade ageing facilities 

2.5 Project Alternatives 

(PE to complete using information from Concept Selection Report (CSR) 

a) Drop Low Temperature Separator (LTS) Pressure below 76 barg and re-compress gas using 

Booster compressor 

b) Install mechanical refrigeration plant 

c) Install new Twister gas processing module 

d) Construct new Turbo expander plant 

e) Treat gas in Lagos with mechanical refrigeration 

f) Run LTS at –20 o c and Rehabilitate the gas process modules 

2.6 Project Location 

The Oben Field is located some 78 km NE of Warri and situated in OML 4. It shares a common 

boundary with PAN OCEAN’s OML 98. The field was discovered in April 1972. The site lies between 

Eastings (5 52’ 3.718”E) and Northings (6 0’ 39.296”N) and is bounded by Oben, Iguelaba, Ikobi and 

Obozogbe-Nugu communities in Orhionmwon Local Government Area of Edo State. The field comprise 

a Flowstation, a Gas Plant and a Nigerian Gas Company (NGC) compressor station. 

2-2


Existing Facilities 

Agbara 

West West African African Gas Gas Pipeline Pipeline Project Project 

Figure 2.1: Map of the Western Domestic Gas Network showing Oben Location 

2.6.1 Wells/Flowlines 

To NEPA Lagos 

Agbara/Otta, 

& WAGP 

Ota 

Escravos Lagos 

Pipeline System (ELPS) 

Lagos Lagos 

ELPS 

Ikorodu Ajaokuta 

Escravos Escravos 

Benin 

Utorogu 

Aba 

Bonny Bonny 

Port Port Harcourt Harcourt 

Abuja Abuja 

There are three (3) existing wells and associated flowlines in Oben gas plant (Fig. 2.2). These flowlines 

are 6”, class 2500, carbon steel material. The flowlines lengths are as follows: 

Well 26 1.0km 

Well 27 1.0km 

Well 28 0.5km 

Oben 

Afam 

As part of normal flowline replacement strategy, accentuated by integrity from prolonged use without 

corrosion inhibition it is proposed to replace the flowlines using identical flowline specifications (6”, 

class 2500, carbon steel material). Each of these wells has existing 1” (carbon steel, class 2500) 

corrosion inhibitor lines to the wellheads, which will also be replaced. 

The proposed new NAG well on the D5 reservoir (Well 29) shall be drilled near the existing Well 28 slot 

and will be hooked up using the replaced Well 28 flowline - 0.5km, 6”, class 2500, carbon steel flowline. 

2.6.2 Process Flow Scheme for the Existing Oben Gas Plant 

Oben gas plant has two (2) LTS Gas Process Modules. Gas from the production header is routed to 

either of the LTS modules each rated for 45MMscf/d. Gas entering each module is stripped of entrained 

2-3 

To Ajaokuta 

& proposed 

Abuja IPP 

SAPELE 

Makaraba 

(Chevron) 

Jones 

Creek 

Sapele 

DELTA 

Kokori 

Okan 

(Chevron) 

Mefa 

Escravos 

Beach Odidi 

(Chevron) 

Forcados 

Warri 

Utorogu 

Ughelli 

UzereEast 

LEGEND: 

Chevron Line 

Existing NGC Lines 

SPDC Lines 

AgipLine (Eleme Petro. Chemical) Chemical) 

NLNG Lines 

OGGS 

Flowstations 

Industrial plant 

Power station 

AGG facility 

NGC compressor 

NAG plant 

CheveronGP 

Connection No Connection


liquids in a Free Liquid Knock-out Vessel (FLKO). Liquids from the FLKO vessels are separated in a 

three-phase classifier vessel into water, condensate and gas. Water is spiked into the oil saver pit. 

Condensate is sent to the condensate header, from where condensate can be routed to the condensate 

surge vessel or to existing Oben flowstation. Condensate routed to the surge vessel and flow station is 

pumped to the trunkline enroute to Forcados Terminal. 

Gas from the FLKO vessel passes through the inlet/sales gas heat exchanger, and is cooled to about 

9 o C, choked to 76-bar at the main choke valves. 75% by weight Diethylene Glycol (DEG) is injected 

upstream of the heat exchanger to inhibit hydrates downstream of the choke valves. Gas at 76-bar after 

choking enters the LTS separator via the hydrate Catcher. It is the low temperatures achieved in the 

LTS, below zero degree centigrade under normal operation, by the Joule Thompson effect that is the 

dew point control mechanism. Gas out of the LTS separator is sent into a 16-inch sales gas header, 

where it is metered via a senior Daniel orifice (DOF) meter connected to chart recorders. The gas from 

the sales gas header goes into the Escravos Lagos Pipeline System (ELPS) line. 

Feed Gas 

Figure. 2.2: Schematic of the Oben LTS Modules 

2.7 Project Scope 

FLKO 

Classifier 

Glycol 

Injection 

Gas/Gas 

Exchanger 

JT Valve 

Glycol/Cond. 

Glycol/Cond. 

Separator 

Separator 

Sales Gas 

2.7.1 Project Activity Overview 

The Workscope covered by this EIA for the WAGP Gas Supply is divided into two phases; 

Phase 1 works: This includes integrity related works covering upgrade of the process control system 

and modifications of Oben Gas Plant, necessary to deliver the contractual gas specification which is 

scheduled for completion in December 2006. 

Phase 2 works covers installation of smart-type metering/monitoring skids at custody transfer point at 

Oben Gas Plant with online flow computers, online gas chromatograph and V-SAT data transmission 

2-4 

LTS 

Glycol Regen 

To Flare 

Condensate 

Surge 

Vessel 

To Flow Station


system as well as replacement of existing Oben NAG Flowlines. This will also invole the drilling of one 

new NAG well at Oben Field. 

To achieve the above objectives, the activities to be carried out at Oben gas plant include, but not 

limited to the following: 

Phase 1 Project Activities 

The following Phase 1 project activities will occur within the existing perimeter fence of the gas plant. 

Replacement of ancillary modules: 

This involves the replacement of existing Glycol Regeneration units and Injection Systems, Hot 

Water Supply systems, Condensate Disposal systems and Anti Corrosion Chemical Injection Skid. 

Gas Process Modules: 

Replacement of Glycol/Condensate Separator, Control Valves, Controllers, gauges, transmitters, 

shutdown valves and defective heat exchangers. 

Plant Process Control and Fire & Gas (F&G) Systems: 

Upgrading the plant control systems to Process Automation System (PAS) and Safety Instrumented 

System (SIS) based on Open System Architecture. 

Phase 2 Project Activities 

Integrity Related Workscope 

Gas Process Modules: 

Replacement of all manual valves, installation of new flare auto ignition systems for igniting the flare 

stack during process upset like depressurising system during emergency shutdown, cladding of 

LTS Separators and replacement of oil saver pit pumps. 

Inlet Flowlines and Manifolds: 

Replacement of all field instruments and flow control valves, defective manual and shutdown 

valves. 

Plant Utilities: 

Procurement & Installation of new gas engine and diesel engine driven power generators, packaged 

instrument air compressors, LV Switchboards and UPS Batteries. 

Painting 

Painting of the entire plant with Epoxy-type paints. 

NAG Flowlines 

Removal of the three (3) existing flowlines and construction of three (3) new ones within the same 

Right of Way (ROW). 

Plant Upgrade Works and Metering/monitoring systems 

• Modify the inlet flowline to install 6“ Class 2500 ESD Valves. 

• Custody Transfer Points at Oben: 

Procure and install new fiscal meter runs based on smart instrumentation complete with gas 

chromatograph, densitometer, moisture analyser, dew point analyser, auto sampler, analyser house 

with validation equipment, flow computers and interface with VSAT leased 

2-5


Civil Works 

There is no new road construction or rehabilitation of existing Oben Location road. The new process 

modules to be installed in the gas plant will make use of the existing concrete bays. Hence, no civil 

work is envisaged for this plant upgrade. 

Logistics 

Transportation of Equipment to site and Mechanical Handling: 

• The process modules and containerized goods will be transported using trucks and off-loaded on 

site with heavy duty cranes 

• Cranes will support the site installation works throughout the duration of the construction activities. 

• SPDC shall establish lay-down area (size to be provided) near the gas plant, but within SPDC 

acquired area to carry out hot work (welding activities). ---Provide site map 

Accommodation Of Site Personnel 

• At peak period, about 50 personnel will be on site, but temporary site accommodation is planned for 

about 25 SPDC and Contractor workers. The other 25 personnel will be drawn from the nearby 

communities. 

• The temporary camp site (size; 1Ha -----) will be located near the gas plant, and within SPDC 

acquired area. 

2.8 Drilling of one (1) New Well 

2.8.1 Subsurface (Drilling) Activities 

The drilling activities involve preparation of well locations, campsite, access road for the new well from 

the existing Well 28, drilling and production testing of wells and site reinstatement. 

2.8.1.1 Well Location/Access Road Preparations 

The well location activities will also include construction of campsite, which will be situated in the vicinity 

of the well location, along the existing road, which may require some repair work. Activities to be 

undertaken prior to actual construction work include soil investigation. These will be followed by 

location clearance, earthwork, construction of slabs (for cellar, generator, chemicals etc), stabilisation of 

location/campsite and access road. Surfacing with asphalt and blockwall fencing of location/campsite 

will then follow. A plot size of about 60 m x 110 m will be required for the drilling location or campsite. 

The completion of location preparation is expected in about 3 calendar months from the time the 

contractor is mobilised to site. 

2.8.1.2 Drilling of NAG Well 

To minimise landtake and other impact on the environment, the proposed NAG well will be drilled 

closed to Well 28. 

2.8.1.3 Waste and/or By-Products Generated 

This section describes the waste and by-products that could be generated during drilling activities. 

Drilling Waste 

The drilling waste management principles in this project will focus on waste minimisation and recycling. 

Drilling wastes expected to be generated during the drilling operations are: 

• Drill cuttings / excess or spent drilling mud and completion fluids 

• Rig wash (Detergent) water. 

• Cementing waste. 

• Discarded consumables. 

• Domestic waste (solid and sewage). 

• Drilling effluents. 

2-6


Drilling a hole/well is achieved by making up the bottom-hole assembly (BHA) below pipes. Rotating this 

assembly generates formation cuttings. During this operation, a special fluid (mud) is continuously 

pumped through the pipe and comes out of the drilling bit. The mud carries the drilled cuttings through 

the annular space between the drill string and the hole to surface. The drilling mud is a mixture of inert 

bentonite suspended in a liquid phase with barite as weighting material. The liquid phase may be made 

up by water and/or pseudo-oil. The main constituents of the water-based mud are bentonite and barites, 

both of which are natural minerals. 

The type of mud generally in use is made up of the following components: 

Spud (Gel Suspension) mud for the upper hole section. This contains bentonite, polymer additives {e.g. 

CMC HV} and KCl (shale inhibitors). Pseudo Oil Based Mud (POBM) system will be used for the lower 

section of the hole (below 9 5 /8” casing depth). 

Other functions of the mud are to: 

Exert hydrostatic pressure on the down-hole and prevent the entry/migration of the formation fluid 

into the well bore; 

Suspend drill cuttings in the hole when the mud pumps are not running; 

Lubricate and cool the drill bit and drill string; 

Deposit an impermeable cake on the wall of the ‘well bore’ effectively sealing and stabilising the bore 

of the hole being drilled. 

The wells will be drilled using water based mud system from surface to 9-5/8” casing depth at + 10,000 

ft. Thereafter, POBM will be used to drill to total depth (12,000 ftss). The two mud systems will be 

salvaged for re-use. Approximately 190 m 3 of drill cuttings would be generated from each drilling 

operation. 

Wastewater shall be treated/flocculated and used for building new mud and also for the rig and 

equipment washing. The wastewater and drilled cuttings from the drilling operations will be channeled 

into waste pits. A pay loader shall be used to scoop out the drilling waste from the waste pit into cutting 

skips. The tipper transports the cuttings in skips to the approved cuttings re-injection well (Insert well 

name) for re-injection. 

Non Drilling Waste 

Discarded consumables include chemical bags, drums, scrap metals used in constructions etc. All these 

will be trucked back to Effurun-2 or Shell Industrial Area, Waste Recycling Depot in Warri. A strict 

inventory control of all chemicals in use shall be maintained. All chemicals, lubricating oils and fuels will 

be stored in containers and safely placed in a sheltered area on the rig. Appropriate Safe Handling of 

Chemicals (SHOC) cards would be provided for every chemical on board the rig for the safety of 

personnel and the environment. 

Human Waste 

All human wastes shall be treated on site using internationally standard in-built biological sewage 

treatment plant. This provides an excellent way of handling all human wastes on board the rig. Under 

normal circumstances, the total number of personnel on board the rig is not expected to exceed one 

hundred (100). 

2.8.1.4 Risk of Accidents Resulting in Pollution or Hazards 

Accidental spills can be as a result of a blow out, or leaking diesel or oil tanks. A blow out is an 

uncontrollable discharge of hydrocarbon from the formation. Though the chance of a blow out is very 

low, the potential impact on environment is very high. The primary safeguard against a blow out is the 

pressure exerted by the drilling mud. The mud shall be tested/checked regularly (every 15 minutes on 

site) to ensure the properties and the weight are in order. The secondary control is the equipment 

2-7


referred to as Blow out preventer (BOP) with surface safety valves. This equipment shall be used to 

close in a well at the slightest detection of formation fluid ingress/flow into the well bore (mud system). 

This equipment shall be tested regularly to ensure proper functionality. 

In addition, there would be increased land and air logistics during the proposed drilling operations, since 

materials and workers would be moved to site due to operations demand. 

2.9 Flowline Contruction 

The activities to be undertaken will include: 

• Land-take for lay down area (for construction equipment); 

• Site Preparation; 

• Flushing of the existing flowlines; 

• Excavation and removal of old flowlines; 

• Site Construction (Welding and Non-Destructive Testing [Radiography]); 

• Pressure Testing of the new lines; 

• Pipe laying and tie-in; 

• Commissioning of the new flowlines; 

• Backfilling; 

• Operations/Maintenance; 

2.9.1 Flowline Construction 

Flowline construction methods differ depending on the geographical area, terrain, environment and third 

party presence. In all cases, the construction of the flowlines shall comply with codes and standards 

imposed by the law and standards organizations. The design for the proposed flowlines shall be in 

accordance with applicable national, international, industry and Shell standards. 

2.9.2 Land-take 

There shall be no route survey of the flowlines since the proposed routes are on existing SPDC Rightof-Way 

(ROW). The existing 15 m corridor of the ROW should be adequate for the flowlines activities. 

However, the construction activities may require about 80 m 2 additional land within SPDC acquired 

area, as temporary lay down area for construction equipment. 

2.9.3 Site Preparation 

A total area of ~800 m 2 would be required for lay down of construction equipment and shall be manually 

cleared of any grown vegetation. This will comprise ~720 m 2 on the existing ROW and the additional 80 

m 2 . The clearing activity will be carried out by community members (~10 persons). The vegetation 

cuttings shall be left in the field and allowed to decompose. 

2.9.4 Flushing of Existing Pipeline 

The existing Oben wells shall be shut-in to allow for flushing of the entire length of the flowlines. Water 

pump shall be used to provide the pressure necessary to flush the lines from the well head to the gas 

plant. The wastewater shall be disposed via the saver pit. Vacuum trucks shall be used to evacuate the 

water from the saver pit to Oben flowstation, where it will be pumped into the trunkline to Forcados 

Terminal for handling. 

2.9.5 Excavation and removal of old flowlines 

The excavation shall be carried out manually. The excavated section shall be manually freed of roots, 

stones, or other hard objects that may damage the pipe or its coatings. The maximum width of the 

excavated section shall be 3 m with a minimum depth of 1m 

2-8


The excavated old flowlines shall be recovered, cut into sections and transported to SPDC metal scrap 

yard at Effurun-2 for re-cycling. 

2.9.6 Site Construction (Welding), Non-Destructive Testing [Radiography] 

The stringing and welding of the flowlines shall be done on the ROW. Visual inspection and 100% 

radiography (non-destructive testing) of the welds shall be done as the welding progresses. Weld 

repairs shall be carried out where necessary, prior to flowline pressure testing. 

In accordance with SPDC’s Standard Construction Specifications - Volume 2, Section 25, and other 

relevant regulatory and government standards, the flowlines shall be coated with three layer 

polyethylene corrosion coating. The integrity of the lines shall be guaranteed by the installation of pipes 

of sufficient thickness taking into consideration commercial activities in the vicinity of the flowlines. The 

flowline material specification shall comply with the American Petroleum Industry (API) standard (API- 

5L-X52) which is specific to carbon steel pipelines with a specified strength of 52,000 psi. The design 

wall thickness for the flowlines is schedule XXS (double extra strong). Thus, this increase in thickness 

and coating will ensure stability of the pipe as well as serve as corrosion allowance elongating the 

service life of the flowlines. 

2.9.7 Pressure Testing of the New Pipeline Section 

The proposed flowlines shall be pressure-tested to 450 barg for 24 hours to determine the integrity of 

the weld joints. The pressure testing shall be carried out using water from the fire hydrants in Oben 

Gas Plant. 

2.9.8 Pipe Laying and Tie-in 

The installation of the newly constructed flowlines shall be by surface pull technique using a crane. The 

pipe shall be pulled from the ROW and carefully lowered into the trench such that it lies naturally along 

its entire length on the bottom of the trench. Close observation of the lowered pipe shall be maintained 

to ensure that the flowline profile is as designed. All field welds shall be coated using heat-shrinkable 

sleeves. 

2.9.9 Backfilling 

After the pipe has been inspected to confirm that it has been laid to the correct profile, the fowline 

trench will be backfilled using the previously excavated materials. Backfilling shall be done manually. 

2.9.10 Commissioning of the New Flowlines 

The shut-in Oben gas wells shall be re-opened and routed into the flowlines. The construction 

equipment and personnel shall be demobilized from site 24 hours after attaining normal operating 

pressure of about 120 barg. 

2.9.11 Operations/Maintenance 

After commissioning, the flowlines shall be hooked on to the cathodic protection system for external 

corrosion protection. The ROW shall be manually cleared of vegetation for maintenance and 

emergency response purposes, as and when necessary. 

2.9.12 Decommissioning 

The flowline system and its ancillary installations have a design life of 25 years. The operations and 

maintenance procedure provides for monitoring the performance and the integrity of the system 

components. 

A decommissioning team shall be set up to plan and implement the laid down guidelines on 

decommissioning. 

2-9


2.10 Operations Philosophy 

A summary of the operating philosophy is as follows: 

- The engineering scope must satisfy the specifications stipulated by WAGP GSA. 

- The gas supply operating costs must stay within the current range with potential to reduce further in 

the near future. 

- The manning level shall be -------- 

- There shall be relatively little incremental in workforce. Where feasible, automation should be 

introduced to reduce the operating costs. 

- Computer Aided Operation (CAO) and Information Technology (IT) links shall be in place to fulfill 

WAGP GSA stipulations on data acquisitions and transmission. 

- The facility shall be controlled from the plants’ control room. 

- SPDC shall be responsible to provide gas supply to specifications in quantity and quality at delivery 

points at ELPS. 

2.10.1 Maintenance Philosophy & Strategies 

The philosophy is to safeguard technical integrity of the facilities and ensure the designed availability is 

achieved cost effectively within the constraints of safety, environmental protection, production plans and 

statutory requirements over its life cycle. 

To deliver the required gas at a more stringent specification, technical integrity must be improved and 

maintained. The approach shall be Total Reliability Centered Maintenance that encompasses the 

process reliability and people reliability. This shall aim at increasing plants’ reliability and drive down 

cost. 

To achieve the above objectives, the following strategies shall be deployed: 

• To design-out maintenance to ALARP 

• Standardise new equipment design across the locations 

• Select reliable and low maintenance equipment 

• Use Reliability Centred Maintenance (RCM) to support the designed availability 

• On-line condition monitoring of key equipment, where cost effective. 

• Use SAP-PM to record and monitor related activity, system, equipment availability and reliability 

• Use E-SPIR to achieve spare availability. 

Spares 

Commissioning, insurance and initial 2-year operating spares shall be, where applicable part of the 

project deliverables. E-SPIR will be prepared for materials and equipment that are being introduced to 

SPDC inventory. These include purpose-built calibration and repair tool kits. Input from the Corporate 

Discipline Maintenance Team should be solicited. 

2-10


Table 2.1 Project Schedule 

TENTATIVE PROJECT SCHEDULE. 

Time Now 

2005 2006 2007 

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 

FEED ACTIVITIES 

Specifications for Long Lead Equipment 

EIA/EMP 

Upgrade of Field Instrumentation & Control Systems 

Online Metering & Quality Monitoring Systems 

Piping Design/Specification for Inlet Flowline/Manifold 

Process: Process Simulation, CFD Studies, Actual/Verified performance data, Actual Sales Gas 

Specification 

Drawings: PFS, PEFS 

CONTRACTING 

OFFSHORE PROCUREMENT 

CONTRACT 

Contract Award 

Detailed Design 

Materials/Modules Procurement 

Shipment/Clearing/Site Delivery 

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 

Contractor Prequalification & ITT Preparation 

Technical 

Submission/Evaluation 

Commercial Evaluation/Contract Award 

CONSTRUCTION 

UTOROGU GAS PLANT 

Project Documentation 

Premob. / Mobilization Activities 

Modification, Refurbishment & Recommissioning of Gas Process Modules 

Installation of new Glycol Reboilers and Water Heaters 

Installation of new Corrosion inhibition 

skid 

Expansion of inlet Manifold/Ligaments & Constr. of new inlet 

flowlines 

Control System Upgrade/Installation of New Control 

Room 

Installation/commissioning of Quality Monitoring & Metering 

System 

Installation/ Commissioning of Auto Ignition 

System 

Installation/ commissioning of Rotating 

Equipment 

Fire-water systems 

Civil/ISO Works 

Plant Electrical Works 

Time Now 

2-11


2-12

Chapter Three Description of Environment 

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 

3.1 General 

CHAPTER THREE 

This chapter presents the existing environmental conditions of the proposed Western Domestic Gas 

Supply Project/West African Gas Pipeline (WDGSP/WAGP) at Oben. Data were acquired from a field 

study carried out in November 2005 and March 2006, an Environmental Baseline Study of Oben Field & 

Environs (1999/2000) and EER of Oben Flowstation and Gas Plant (2000). It is worthy to note however 

that the current project activities are limited in size and are within the existing SPDC facility( Flowstation 

and Wellhead) 

The sampling location map is shown in Appendix I (w0801001, others w0712006a, w0712006). The 

details of the methodologies adopted for data acquisition for each of the environmental components are 

described in Appendix 2. 

3.2 Description of Existing Environment 

Environmental baseline conditions of the proposed Western Domestic Gas Supply Project/West African 

Gas Pipeline (WDGSP/WAGP) at Oben which were carried out included climate/air quality, noise and 

vibration, soil, land use and agriculture, vegetation, wildlife and biodiversity, aquatic, hydrogeology and 

hydrology, waste management, socio-economic and health studies are described below: 

3.2.1 Climate/Meteorological Studies 

The dispersion and transportation of pollutants emitted are always influenced by meteorological 

conditions. The two seasons that characterize the area are thus the dry and rainy (wet) seasons. The 

wet season spreads from April to October while the dry season is from November to March. Rainfall is 

generally high with an average of about 2480mm per annum, based on historical records. Climatic 

conditions portray maximum wind speed of 1.5m/s in the north-eastern direction at station 1 and 2 and 

a minimum of 0.9m/s at station 4 while climatic conditions portray maximum wind speed of 2.10m/s in 

the south western direction at station 1, 3 and 5 and a minimum of 1.25m/s at station 4 in the south 

western direction during the wet season. (Table 3.1). 

3-1


Table 3.1: Wind Speed and Direction within Oben Field 

Location Wind speed (m/s) Wind direction Weather Condition 

AQ1 (at shell living 

quarter) 

W D W D W D 

2.10 1.5 SW NE SWW SMB 

AQ2 (Aidenyoba) 1.58 1.2 SW NE SWW SMB 

AQ3 (Flowstation) 2.10 1.2 SW NE SWW SMB 

AQ4 (Igueleba) 1.25 0.9 SW NE SWW SMB 

AQ5 (Obazogbenugu) 2.10 1.5 SW NE SWW SMB 

Key to Weather Condition 

SMB = Sunny with moderate breeze; 

SWW = Sunny and Windy Weather 

D = Dry season 

W = Wet season 

3.2.2 Air Quality and Noise 

The results of in-situ air quality studies in the Oben Field area are presented in Table 3.2. Noise levels 

ranged from 54.2-80.8dB(A), which is lower than DPR/FMEnv limits of 90.0dB(A). Gaseous pollutants, 

NOx, SOx suspended particulate matter (SPM) and all other air quality indicators are all below 

DPR/FMEnv limits. There was no significant seasonal variation in the air quality and noise levels at 95% 

confidence levels 

Table 3.2 Air Quality and Noise results for Oben Sampling Stations 

C0 

µg/m 3 

NH3 

µg/m 3 

VOC 

µg/m 3 

3-2 

Parameters 

SPM 

µg/m 3 

NOx 

µg/m 3 

SOx 

µg/m 3 

NOISE 

LEVEL dB(A) 

W D W D W D W D W D W D W D 

AQ 1 0.10 0.32 9.2 8.11


3.2.3 Soil Studies 

The texture of the soils in Oben Field ranges from sand to loamy sand. The dominant texture is sandy 

soil with a mean percentage sand of 83.2% during the dry season and 80.1% during the rainy season 

(Table 3.3a and 3.3b). The percent silt and clay are low. Clay particles ranged from 3.60% to 15.2% in 

the dry season and 3.94% to 14.11% in the rainy season with a mean of 7.4% and 7.2% respectively. 

The environmental implication of this composition is that the porosity is high and water infiltration into 

the subsoil will be fast. The soil pH is strongly to moderately acidic. The values ranged from 4.30 – 5.35 

in the dry season and 4.9 to 6.4 in the rainy season with a mean of 4.78 and 4.94 respectively (Table 

3.3a and 3.3b). 

The organic matter values are high. The values ranged from 2.27 to 4.03% with an average of 2.67% in 

the dry season and 2.98 to 5.98% with an average of 3.68% in the rainy season (Table 3.3a and 3.3b). 

The high values could be attributed to the old fallows and forest that abound in the area. The Oben 

Field is part of the Urhonigbe forest reserve. The total nitrogen values ranged from 0.40 to 0.95% with 

an average of 0.61% in the dry season while in the rainy season it ranged from 0.43 to 1.71% with an 

average of 0.95%. These values are high (Table 3.3a and 3.3b) due to organic matter decay. The 

available phosphorus is moderately high (Table 3.3a and 3.3b). The values ranged from 11.45 – 80.0 

mg/Kg with an average of 40 mg/Kg in the dry season and 21.23 to 90.5mg/Kg with an average of 

50.5mg/Kg in the rainy season. This is an indication of high soil fertility despite the acidic nature of 

these soils. 

Table 3.3a: Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil in the Oben Field Area (Dry Season) 

S/N PARAMETERS SS1 SS2 SS3 SS4 SS5 SS6 SS7 SS8 RANGE 

1 Particle Size Analysis 

% Sand 

78.64 82.32 84.2 85.4 87.9 87.4 82.4 84.4 78.62 – 93.50 

% Silt 

2.88 3.40 0.50 0.64 2.48 2.42 2.32 0.84 0.50 – 3.40 

% Clay 

3.88 3.60 14.2 15.2 15.0 14.3 14.3 13.2 3.60 – 15.2 

2 pH 4.33 4.81 4.89 5.30 5.31 5.30 5.29 5.31 4.30 – 5.35 

3 Electrical Conductivity 

(u s /cm) 

123.0 127.4 128.4 128.1 125.6 128.1 123.5 127.9 120 – 129.60 

4 Organic matter (%) 2.27 3.11 3.45 2.68 3.78 3.86 4.01 4.03 2.27 – 4.03 

5 Total Nitrogen (%) 0.45 0.67 0.78 0.54 0.74 0.72 0.75 0.95 0.40 – 0.95 

6 Available Phosphorus 

(mg/Kg) 

11.45 30.4 28.3 31.2 80.0 44.8 43.8 31.2 11.45 – 80.0 

7 Exchangeable Cations 

(cmol/kg) 

Ca 

0.12 0.20 0.26 0.24 0.18 0.21 0.24 0.28 0.12 – 0.28 

Mg 

0.40 0.72 0.64 0.88 0.70 0.82 0.83 0.81 0.40 – 0.88 

Na 

0.44 0.50 0.53 0.49 0.49 0.52 0.50 0.44 0.44 – 0.53 

K 

0.15 0.16 0.17 0.10 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.12 0.10 – 0.20 

8 Cation Exchange 

Capacity 

1.05 1.67 1.87 1.24 1.42 1.29 1.24 1.26 1.05 – 1.87 

3-3


Table 3.3b: Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil in the Oben Field Area (Wet Season) 

S/N PARAMETERS SS1 SS2 SS3 SS4 SS5 SS6 SS7 SS8 RANGE 

1 Particle Size Analysis 

% Sand 

77.3 81.32 80.3 79.4 78.4 80.3 81.2 79.3 77.3 – 81.32 

% Silt 

1.81 2.13 2.23 2.21 1.93 2.10 1.90 2.10 1.81 – 2.23 

% Clay 

3.94 4.24 13.94 13.11 14.10 13.10 12.10 14.11 3.94 – 14.11 

2 pH 4.9 5.0 5.1 6.0 6.1 6.3 6.2 6.4 4.9 – 6.4 

3 Electrical Conductivity 

(u s /cm) 

150.0 165.0 161.0 155.1 161.0 159.1 161.0 162.1 150 – 165.0 

4 Organic matter (%) 2.98 3.81 3.95 4.12 4.78 4.10 5.10 5.98 2.98 – 5.98 

5 Total Nitrogen (%) 0.43 0.90 0.91 0.81 0.99 1.58 1.67 1.71 0.43 – 1.71 

6 Available Phosphorus 

(mg/Kg) 

21.23 38.1 40.2 39.3 90.5 61.3 62.3 48.4 21.23 – 90.5 

7 Exchangeable Cations 

(cmol/kg) 

Ca 

0.25 0.28 0.22 0.36 0.29 0.40 0.32 0.34 0.25 – 0.34 

Mg 

0.45 0.61 0.75 0.66 0.65 0.66 0.80 0.70 0.45 – 0.80 

Na 

0.50 0.55 0.70 0.50 0.49 0.55 0.55 0.54 0.49 – 0.50 

K 

0.40 0.40 0.41 0.41 0.40 0.24 0.45 0.35 0.24 – 0.45 

8 Cation Exchange 

Capacity 

1.21 1.87 1.96 1.39 1.41 1.48 1.39 1.42 1.21 – 1.96 

The calcium values ranged from 0.12 to 0.28 cmol/Kg with an average of 0.16-cmol/Kg soils in the dry 

season and 0.25 to 0.34 cmol/Kg and a mean value of 0.29 cmol/Kg in the rainy season. The mean 

magnesium and potassium values are 0.61 and 0.16 cmol/Kg soils respectively in the dry season 

and0.65 and 0.40 cmol/Kg in the rainy season respectively. The high rainfall from April to October and 

high soil porosity encourages leaching of soil nutrients into subsoil outside the reach of most plants. As 

with the exchangeable cations, the cation exchange capacity (CEC) values are low. The values ranged 

from 1.05 - 1.87-cmol/Kg soil with an average of 1.42-coml./Kg soil in the dry season and1.01 - 1.76cmol/Kg 

soil with an average of 1.52 cmol/Kg soil in the dry season (Table 3.3a and 3.3b). 

The heavy metal concentrations of the soils in Oben Field are shown in during the dry and rainy 

seasons are shown in Tables 3.4a and 3.4b respectively. The values are low except for iron whose 

concentration ranged between 115 and 340 mg/kg in the dry season and 163.4 and 493.7mg/Kg in the 

rainy season . Most of the heavy metal values are below limits that can be of environmental concern. In 

a decreasing order, the concentration of the heavy metal are as follow: Fe > Zn > Mn > Cr > Cd > Pb > 

Ni > V > Cu. The total hydrocarbon (THC) values are low and below the 50 mg/kg found in soils with 

luxuriant growth of plants. The values ranged from 2.40 to 25.61 mg/kg with an average of 9.82 mg/kg. 

The low THC values may be due to lack of oil spill incidence in the area. 

3-4


Table 3.4a: Heavy metals and THC concentration of Soils in Oben Field Area (Dry Season) 

S/N PARAMETERS (mg/Kg) RANGE MEAN 

1 Iron, Fe 115 – 340 235 

2 Zinc, Zn 5.34 – 30.97 13.95 

3 Manganese, Mn. 0.151 – 10.03 3.42 

4 Chromium, Cr. 0.01 – 0.74 0.46 

5 Nickel, Ni 0.01 – 0.380 0.155 

6 Vanadium, V 0.003 – 0.144 0.055 

7 Copper, Cu 0.008 – 0.390 0.027 

8 Cadmium, Cd 0.015 – 0.540 0.364 

9 Lead, Pb 0.10 – 0.53 0.360 

10 Total Hydrocarbon (THC) 2.40 – 25.61 9.82 

Table 3.4b: Heavy metals and THC concentration of Soils in Oben Field Area (Wet Season) 

S/N PARAMETERS (mg/Kg) RANGE MEAN 

1 Iron, Fe 163.4 – 493.7 380.5 

2 Zinc, Zn 6.14 – 41.20 20.91 

3 Manganese, Mn. 0.24 – 15.9 5.32 

4 Chromium, Cr. 0.15 – 0.89 0.63 

5 Nickel, Ni 0.11 – 0.86 0.25 

6 Vanadium, V 0.005 – 0.22 0.09 

7 Copper, Cu. 0.02 – 0.51 0.35 

8 Cadmium, Cd 0.018 – 0.54 0.44 

9 Lead, Pb 0.11 – 0.82 0.52 

10 Total Hydrocarbon (THC) 3.38 – 30.15 10.83 

3.2.4 Land use and Agriculture 

Land use pattern are natural or imposed configurations resulting from spatial arrangement of the 

different uses of land at a particular time. The land use types in Oben Field are forestry, industrial, 

agricultural and build-up. The Oben Field is part of the Urhonigbe forest reserve, although a sizable part 

of the forest has been used up for food and shelter. Exploitation of this forest for economic trees is on 

going. The flow station, gas station, the wellheads and pipeline routes constitute the industrial land 

uptake. Agriculture involving the cultivation of crops like cassava, yam and maize go on at the outskirts 

of the flow station and adjoining lands. Distance between the undisturbed forest and the flow station is 

about 3-4km. 

Land use pattern evolve as a result of: 

i. Changing economic consideration inherent in the concept and best use of land 

ii. Imposing legal restrictions on the use of land and 

iii. Changing existing legal restrictions 

Within the Oben Field, activities, which have influenced land use patterns, include 

a. Oil and Gas E & P activities (flow lines, flow stations and compressor station construction) 

b. Changes in transportation system (roads, access to well heads, helipad) 

c. Expansion due to residential buildings 

d. Provision of facilities by SPDC – water works, markets, hospitals, etc. 

e. Farmlands 

3-5


f. Changes in legal restrictions leading to increased lumbering in hitherto forest reserve. 

The details of land use pattern and distribution affecting vegetation changes are shown in the land use 

map (Fig3.2), Table 3.5 and graphical presentations below (Fig. 3.1a and 3.1b). 

Figure 3.1a: Percentage distribution of land use in Oben Field Area 

Percentage Distribution of Land Use 

Pattern 

51% 

3% 

0% 

5% 

41% 

Fig 3.1b: Land use Percentage distribution in Oben Field Area 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

0.4 1.16 

41 

118.62 

14.73 

5.09 

50.26 

145.41 

3-6 

9.38 

3.24 

Water Forest I Forest II Farmland Urban/bare 

soil 

Water 

Forest I 

Forest II 

Farmland 

Urban/bare soil 

Area % 

Area km2


Fig. 3.2 Landuse Map of Oben Field Area 

Table 3.5 Land use pattern and Percentage Distribution 

Cover Water Forest I Forest II Farmland Urban/bare 

type: 

soil 

Area % 0.4 41.00 5.09 50.26 3.24 

Area 

km2 

1.16 118.62 14.73 145.41 9.38 

3-7


3.2.5 Vegetation 

3.2.5.1 Floristic Composition and Profile 

20m 

0 

The project area is situated within the Lowland Rainforest Belt of Nigeria. The natural vegetation has, 

however, been altered in most parts by human activities, such as agricultural activities which is mainly 

by shifting cultivation. The types of vegetation include secondary lowland rainforest, and bush fallow of 

varying ages. The latter is the most extensive vegetation type in the field. There are also farmlands of 

various sizes. 

The vertical structure of the vegetation types around the study area is illustrated using profile diagrams 

(Figs. 3.2 and 3.3). The structure and physiognomy of these forest types were such that four vegetation 

strata were encountered viz: the B-and C-stories of trees about 15 -20m and 10-15m high respectively, 

the shrubs, less than 2m high (D-storey) and the herb layers (E - Storey). No tree emergents (A-storey) 

greater than 20m were encountered since these have been harvested for timber. The dominant plant 

species include Siam weed Chromolaena odorata, Christmas bush Alchornea cordifolia, Icacina 

trichantha, Haemorrhage plant Aspilia africana, Trema occidentalis, Musanga sp, Solanum torvum, 

Ficus esperata, Emilia coccinea, Tridax procumbens, Euphorbia heterophylla, and the Guinea grass 

Panicum maximum. These species are good indicators of secondary succession. There were volunteer 

economic trees such as Irvingia gabonensis(Dika nut tree), Elaeis guineensis (oil palm), Baphia 

nitida(Camwood) and Terminalia superba (White Afara). The relative abundance of the dominant 

species in the farmland and the bush fallow are shown in Table 3.6. (Plates 1 - 3). 

T T A S A E A 25m 

Fig. 3.3 Profile diagram of a typical bush fallow surrounding the study area. 

T = Terminalia superba, S = Spondia mombin, E = Elaeis guineensis, A = Alstonia boonei 

3-8


10m 

0 

M M T M M M M I A 20M 

Fig. 3.4 Profile diagram of a farm around the Project location 

M = Manihot esculenta, I = Irvingia gabonensis, T = Terminalia superba, A = Alatonia boonei 

Plate 1: Secondary Vegetation of the Project Area. 

3-9


Plate 2: Fallow land 

Plate 3: Farmland 

3-10


Table 3.6: The Composition and Frequency of Plant Species in Oben Field 

Habitat S/N Scientific Name Common Name Frequency 

% 

Sensitivities 

Bush 

fallow 

1 Albizia adianthefolia 6 Rare 

2 Alchornea cordifolia Christmas bush 7 Endemic 

3 Anchomanes difformis 5 Rare 

4 Alstonia boonei Stool wood tree 3 Endemic 

5 Anthocleista vogelii Cabbage tree 5 Endemic 

6 Aspilia africana, Haemorrhage plant 22 Endemic 

7 Baphia nitida Camwood 8 Endemic 

8 Chromolaena odorata Siam weed 34 Endemic 

9 Cnestis ferruginea 4 Endemic 

10 Elaeis guineensis Oil palm 6 Endemic 

11 Emilia coccinea 18 Endemic 

12 Ficus esperata 7 Endemic 

13 Harungana 

madagascariensis 

10 Endemic 

14 Icacina trichantha 5 Endemic 

15 Irvingia gabonensis Dika nut tree 2 Endemic 

16 Spigelia anthelmia 5 Endemic 

17 Musanga cercropioides 8 Endemic 

18 Urena lobata 2 Endemic 

19 Nauclea diderrichii Opepe 3 Endemic 

20 Palisota hirsuta 20 Endemic 

21 Panicum maximum Guinea grass 48 Endemic 

22 Rauvolfia vomitoria 11 Endemic 

23 Scleria verrucosa Razor grass 3 Endemic 

24 Solanum torvum 6 Endemic 

25 Spondias mombin Hog plum 16 Endemic 

26 Terminalia superba White afara 7 Endemic 

27 Trema occidentalis 10 Endemic 

28 Triplochiton scleroxylon 4 Endemic 

Farmland 1 Abelmoschus esculentus Okra 6 Endemic 

2 Ananas comosus Pineapple 15 Endemic 

3 Aspilia africana Crowfoot 13 Endemic 

4 Axonopus compressus Carpet grass 3 Endemic 

5 Calapogonium mucunoides Calapo 7 Endemic 

6 Capsicum annuum Large red pepper 18 Endemic 

7 Capsicum frutescens Small hot red pepper 27 Endemic 

8 Citrullus lanatus Water Melon 12 Endemic 

9 Colocasia esculenta Cocoyam 23 Endemic 

10 Cucurbita pepo Pumpkins 19 Endemic 

11 Dioscorea cayenensis Yellow yam 7 Endemic 

12 Dioscorea rotundata White yam 6 Endemic 

13 Eleusine indica Bull grass 16 Endemic 

3-11


14 Paspalum laxaum 14 Endemic 

15 Euphorbia heterophylla 26 Endemic 

16 Lycopersicon esculentum Tomato 22 Endemic 

17 Manihot esculenta Cassava 80 Endemic 

18 Musa paradisiaca Plantain 59 Endemic 

19 Musa sapientum Banana 45 Endemic 

20 Scoparia dulcis Sweet broom 15 Endemic 

21 Telfaria occidentalis Ugwu, Oyster nut 21 Endemic 

22 Tridax procumbens 29 Endemic 

23 Zea mays Maize 31 Endemic 

3.2.5.2 Farmlands and Plantations 

Cassava (Manihot esculenta) farms and Plantain (Musa paradisiaca) plantations are the most abundant 

economic species cultivated as mono crops in the project area. They constitute the second most 

extensive land take in the field after human settlement and bush fallows. Other farmlands of varying 

sizes are found at several locations throughout the field. The largest farms are usually intercrops 

consisting of cassava, maize, plantain, pawpaw and banana (Plate 3). 

3.2.5.3 Bush Fallow 

This is the most widespread vegetation type in the project area (Plate 2). This type of land area, which 

is left uncultivated or unplanted for varying periods of time, is found adjoining or surrounding area. The 

age of the fallows varies from one to about eight years and they consist of heterogeneous assemblages 

of weed species distributed into various taxonomic families. The floristic composition varies mainly with 

the age of the fallow and less with the season. It has been shown that any weed vegetation present at 

any one time in the fallow is only a partial representation of the potential weed flora. This is due to the 

fact that many seeds remain dormant for varying periods to bridge seasons, which are unfavourable to 

seedling establishment and growth. 

3.2.5.4 Key Economic Plant Species 

The key economic plant species and their population density in the study area are given in Table 3.7. 

Table 3.7: Mean Population Density of Key Economic Plant Species in Oben Field. 

S/No Scientific Name Common 

Name 

Density (Plants/Ha) Sensitivities 

1 Elaeis guineensis Oil palm 23 ± 9 Endemic 

2 Irvingia 

gabonensis 

Dika nut tree 17 ± 6 Endemic 

3 Manihot esculenta Cassava 1100 ± 21 Endemic 

4 Alstonia boonei Stool wood tree 140 ± 35 Endemic 

5 Terminalia 

superba 

White Afara 26 ± 10 Endemic 

6 Spondias mombin Hog plum 32 ± 11 Endemic 

The highest plant population density was recorded for Manihot esculenta (Cassava). Alstonia boonei 

(Stool wood tree) had a mean density of 140 plants per hectare while the White Afara (Terminalia 

superba) had a mean population density of 26 plants per hectare. The lowest density was recorded for 

Dika nut tree (Irvingia gabonensis). 

3-12


3.2.5.5 Plant Pathological Assessment 

A survey of the health status of wild plant species and economic crops in the project area revealed the 

presence of fungal, bacterial and viral infections on the foliage of both categories of plants. 

The prevalent pathological conditions are leaf spot and chlorosis, which were found in over 50% of the 

specimens examined. Other diseases include necrosis, leaf mosaic, wet rot, and powdery mildew. The 

causal organisms include Aspergillus spp., Fusarium spp., Penicillium sp. and Ganoderma 

pseudoferreum among others. The severity index shown in Table 3.8 is based on the extent of spread 

of the infection within a plant and among 5 – 10 plants in a population. When more than half of the 

leaves on a single plant are infected, it is considered high; when more than five leaves in a group of 3 – 

44 plants of the population are infected, it is considered moderate, while if only 1 or 2 leaves of plants 

are infected it is considered a light infection. 

Table 3.8: Plant Diseases, Causal Organisms and Severity Index of Infection in the Project Area 

Nos. Plant Species Type of Disease Casual Severity % Freq. 

Organism Index 

1 Manihot esculenta Leaf mosaic ,Chlorosis Mosaic virus 2 30 

2 Tefiria occidentalis Powdery mildew, leaf spot Oidium levea 3 60 

3 Emilia coccinea Leaf spot Penicillium sp 1 20 

4 Alcornea cordifolia Leaf spot Fusarium 

moniliforme 

2 30 

5 Paspalum laxaum Necrosis, Leaf spot Aspergillus spp 1 20 

6 Musa sapientum Chlorosis Cigar end Pseudomonas 

andropogonii 

Trachshaea 

fructigena 

1 20 

7 Spigelia anthelmia Leaf spot, Chlorosis Penicillium sp. 

Pseudomonas 

fructigena 

3 40 

8 Panicum maximum Necrosis, Leaf spot Aspergillus niger 

Penicillium sp. 

1 30 

9 Urena lobata Leaf spot Fusarium 

oxysporium 

2 10 

Key to Severity Index: 0 = No infection, 1 = Light infections, 2 = Moderate infection 3 = Severe infection 

3.2.6 Wild Life / Biodiversity Studies: 

The Oben Field is located within Urhonigbe Forest reserve. This is however with approval from 

appropriate government agencies. Moreover, virtually much of the forest reserve has been destroyed by 

various kinds of human activities. Although no known data on wildlife exists for the Urhonigbe Forest 

Reserve, some species of fauna including (insects, molluscs, amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals) 

were recorded during the current study (Table 3.9). 

The invertebrate fauna were diverse and consisted of forest dwelling species dominated by ants, 

beetles and millipedes. Many genera and species of arthropods (Ants, flies, butterflies and 

grasshoppers) were recorded. Some species of bugs, dragon flies and damselflies were also recorded. 

The Mollusca fauna was represented by the presence of the giant African land snail (Archachatina 

marginata suturalis) and the garden snail, Limicolaria aurora. 

Most of the mammals are crepuscular, feeding in the early hours of the day or just before dusk. 

Rodents and pottos dominated the mammalian class. Forest dwelling species, seed and insect-eating 

3-13


species in both the farm land and fallow areas dominated the avifauna of the Oben Field area. The bird 

species recorded by sighting, nest observations and call sounds include the white egrets, kites, 

weaverbirds, owls and hawks. Different species of reptiles and amphibians were also noticed. 

Prominent among these were Agama agama (common lizard), gecko, frogs and snakes. 

Table 3.9: List of Wildlife species within the Oben Field Area 

Taxa 

Common names 

Arthropoda 

Scientific names Sensitivities 

Dictyoptera Cockroaches Blatella sp Endemic 

Gryllidae Crickets Gryllus sp Endemic 

Gastropoda Water snail Lymnea sp Endemic 

Water snail Physa sp Endemic 

Giant African land snail Archachatina marginata 

suturalis 

Endemic 

Garden snail Limicolaria aurora Endemic 

Amphibians Endemic 

Frog Dicroglossus sp Endemic 

Frog Ptychadaena sp Endemic 

Toad Buforugularis Endemic 

Toad Xenopolis sp Endemic 

Reptalia Endemic 

Lizard Agama agama Endemic 

Skink - Endemic 

Gecko - Endemic 

Snake - Endemic 

Birds (Aves) Endemic 

Cattle egret Egretta garzetta Endemic 

Senegal fire-finch Lagonstica senegala Endemic 

Forest robin Cercotrichas leucostcta Endemic 

Turtle dove Streptopelia semitorquata Endemic 

White-faced owl Accipiter badius Endemic 

African swift Collectoptera affinis. Endemic 

Palm swift Cypsiurus parvus Endemic 

Carrier Hawk Polyboroides radiatus Endemic 

Village weaver Ploceus cucullantus Endemic 

Red eyed dove Streptopelia semitorquata Endemic 

Common bulbul Pydnonotus barbatus Endemic 

Hornbill Lophoceros semifasciatus Endemic 

Yellow wagtail Budytes flavus Endemic 

Mammalia Giant rat Rattus sp Endemic 

Potto Perodictius potto Rare 

Mona monkey Cercopithecus mona Rare 

White-bellied pangolin Manis tricuspis Rare 

Forest Hog Rare 

Cutting Grass Endemic 

3-14


3.2.7 Soil Microbiological Studies 

The soil microborganisms contribute to the recycling of nutrients and energy within the ecosystem and 

hence the microbiological evaluation of the soil in the present investigations. Rainy season microbial 

counts were higher than dry season levels suggestive of the apparently higher organic load during the 

rainy season than during the dry season. The microorganisms under study were bacteria and fungi. 

The heterotrophic bacterial counts Table 3.10a and 3.10c varied from 1.4 x 10 8 - 2.6 x 10 10 cfu/g soil 

during the wet season and from 2.5 x 10 7 – 2.2 x 10 8 cfu/g soil during the dry season. The bacterial 

population was dominated by Bacillus sp, Mocrococcus sp, Klebsiella sp, Staphylococcus sp, Proteus 

sp and Escherichia coli. The proportion of hydrocarbon utilizers which were mainly Bacillus and 

Pseudomonas species were low and they varied from nil to 1.74% during the wet season and nil to 

5.0% during the dry season. The fungal counts (Tables 3.10b and 3.10d) were lower than the bacterial 

counts and varied from 4.8 x 10 5 to 3.5 x 10 6 -propagules/g soils during the wet season and from 2.5 x 

10 5 to 8.2 x 10 6 propagules/100g soil in the dry season. The predominant fungal isolates were Mucor 

sp, Penicillium sp, Aspergillus sp and Cladosporun sp. 

Some of the Penicillium and Mucor species isolated from the study area were petroleum degraders. 

Table3.10a: Soil heterotrophic bacteria and Hydrocarbon utilizing bacteria of the Oben Field (Dry 

Season) 

S/N Sample 

No. 

Heterotrophic 

Count (cfu/g.soil) 

Hydrocarbon utilizing 

bacterial Count 

cfu/g.soil 

3-15 

Predominant bacterial genera 

1 SS1 1.0 x 10 7 5.0 x 10 5 (5.0) Bacillus spp, Micrococcus spp, Klebsiella spp, 

2 SS2 1.5 x 10 7 - Bacillus spp, Staphylococcus spp 

3 SS3 1.0 x 10 7 - Bacillus spp, Klebsiella spp, E. coli 

4 SS4 5.0 x 10 6 1.3 x 10 5 (2.6) Pseudomonas spp, *Bacillus spp, 

Staphylococcus aureus 

5 SS5 7.0 x 10 6 - Bacillus spp, Staphylococcus spp, Escherichia 

coli 

6 SS6 2.5 x 10 7 - Pseudomonas spp 

7 SS7 1.3 x 10 7 - Micrococcus spp, Proteus spp 

8 SS8 2.1 x 10 7 1.0 x 10 6 (4.8) Bacillus spp, E. coli, Micrococcus spp 

Table 3.10b: Soil fungi and Hydrocarbon utilizing fungi of the Oben Field (Dry Season) 

S/N Sample 

No. 

Heterotrophic 



fungal Count 

cfu/g.soil 

Predominant fungal genera 

1 SS1 4.0 x 10 5 2.0 x 10 3 (0.5) Penicillium sp, *Mucor sp, Aspergillus niger sp 

2 SS2 1.2 x 10 5 3.0 x 10 5 (2.5) Aspergillus niger sp, *Mucor sp 

3 SS3 3.6 x 10 5 8.0 x 10 3 (2.2) Aspergillus sp, *Mucor sp, 

4 SS4 3.2 x 10 5 1.0 x 10 3 (0.3) Cladosporum sp, *Mucor sp 

5 SS5 4.0 x 10 5 2.0 x 10 3 (0.5) Cladosporum sp, *Mucor sp 

6 SS6 7.0 x 10 5 4.0 x 10 4 (0.6) Penicillium sp, Aspergillus niger sp 

7 SS7 1.4 x 10 5 - Muco, Penicillium sp 

8 SS8 2.0 x 10 5 2.0 x 10 3 (1.0) Mucor, Cladosporum sp,


Table: 3.10c Soil heterotrophic bacteria and hydrocarbon utilizing bacteria of the Oben Field (Wet 

Season) 

S/N Sample 

No. 

Heterotrophic 


(cfu/g.soil) 



cfu/g.soil 

3-16 

Predominant bacterial genera 

1 SS1 3.0 x 10 9 2.0 x 10 6 (0.06%) Micrococcus sp, Klebsiella sp, Proteus sp 

2 SS2 1.4 x 10 8 3.1 x 10 5 (0.22%) Staphylococcus sp, *Bacillus sp 

3 SS3 4.6 x 10 9 8.0 x 10 7 (1.74%) *Bacillus sp, Klebsiella sp, Escherichia coli 

4 SS4 1.2 x 10 9 1.1 x 10 6 (0.92%) *Pseudomonas sp, *Bacillus sp 

5 SS5 4.0 x 10 9 4.0 x 10 6 (0.10%) *Bacillus sp, Escherichia coli 

6 SS6 9.0 x 10 8 3.3 x 10 6 (0.3%) *Pseudomonas sp, Proteus sp 

7 SS7 1.5 x 10 9 1.2 x 10 6 (0.08%) *Bacillus sp, Proteus sp, Escherichia sp 

8 SS8 3.0 x 10 9 2.6 x 10 6 (0.09%) Escherichia coli, Micrococcus sp 

Table 3.10d: Soil fungi and hydrocarbon utilizing fungi of the Oben Field (Wet Season) 

S/N Sample 

No. 

Heterotrophic 



fungal Count 

cfu/g.soil 

Predominant fungal genera 

1 SS1 1.3 x 10 6 6.0 x 10 4 (4.0%) Mucor sp, Aspergillus niger, Rhizopus sp 

2 SS2 1.5 x 10 6 1.2 x 10 4 (0.8%) Aspergillus niger, *Mucor sp 

3 SS3 1.0 x 10 6 1.4 x 10 4 (1.4%) Aspergillus sp, *Mucor sp, *Penicillium sp. 

4 SS4 4.8 x 10 5 1.5 x 10 4 (0.03%) Cladosporum sp, *Mucor sp 

5 SS5 8.0 x 10 6 1.5 x 10 4 (1.9%) Cladosporum sp, Mucor sp 

6 SS6 3.5 x 10 6 1.6 x 10 2 (0.4%) *Penicillium sp, Aspergillus niger 

7 SS7 2.3 x 10 6 - Penicillium sp 

8 SS8 1.1 x 10 6 1.0 x 10 4 (0.9%) *Mucor sp, Cladosporum sp, Saccharomyces 

sp 

3.2.8 Aquatic Studies 

3.2.8.1 Comparison of the wet and dry season data 

Physico-chemistry 

The range of the physico-chemical characteristics of the surface waters in Oben field is presented in 

Table 3.11a and 3.11b for both dry and wet seasons. The temperature range was slightly higher in the 

dry season (28.6C-28.8C) than the wet season (26.7C). Conductivity, bicarbonate and calcium range 

of values were also higher in the dry season than the wet season. The concentration of ions as a result 

of evaporation during the dry season is responsible for the elevated values of conductivity during the 

dry months. The dilution effect of rainfall during the rainy months is responsible for the low conductivity 

during this period (Edokpayi, 1989). Generally however, the range of values in both seasons’ falls 

within that reported for most water bodies in the Niger Delta (RPI, 1985; Courant et al, 1987). 

Table 3.11a Summary of the Physico-chemical Conditions in the water bodies (Dry Season) 

Parameters Borrow Jamieson FMENV/WHO DPR 

Pit River 

Water temp. ( o C) 28.6 28.8 35 

TDS mg/l 91.7 6.0 2000 

Cond. (mS) 173.0 92.0


pH 6.1 6.7 6.5 – 9.2 6.5 – 8.5 

Turbidity NTU 10.0 0.64 - 10 

Colour 42.0 5.00 50 

Sal % 0.0 0.0 

DO mg/l 4.80 6.61 

BOD mg/l 3.40 2.44 10 

COD mg/l 0.80 0.80 40 

2- 

CO3 (mg/l) 0.00 0.00 

HCO3- (mg/l) 286.70 42.70 

PO4 (mg/l) 0.55 0.08 

+ 

NH4 (mg/l) 2.71 1.97 

NO3- (mg/l) 0.001 0.002 

NO2- (mg/l) 

2- 

SO4 (mg/l) 

0.001 

0.69 

0.002 

0.66 400 

Cl- (mg/l) 124.0 106.0 600 600 

Na(mg/l) 6.03 1.08 

K- (mg/l) 15.62 1.02 

Ca 2+ (mg/l) 24.05 16.03 200 

Mg 2+ (mg/l) 6.81 3.89 150 

Fe (mg/l) 0.01 0.02 1.5 1.5 

Mn (mg/l) 0.03 0.08 0.5 

Zn (mg/l) 0.10 0.10 1.0 1.0 

Cu (mg/l) 0.83 0.12 15 1.0 

Cr (mg/l) 0.03 0.02 0.03 

Ni (mg/l) 0.05 0.06 

V (mg/l) 0.04 0.07 

Pb (mg/l) 0.005 0.003 0.05 

Hg (mg/l) 0.002 0.003 

WS3 – Burrow Pit northeast of the flowstation 

WS4 – Upstream near the source of the Jemison River at Aideyoba 

Table 3.11b Summary of the Physico-chemical Conditions in the water bodies (Wet Season) 

Parameters Borrow Jamieson FMENV/WHO DPR 

Pit River 

Water temp. ( o C) 26.7 26.7 35 

Conductivity (uS) 22.9 56.8 

TDS (mg/l) 11.0 36.0 2000 

pH 6.5 6.8 6.5 – 9.2 6.5 – 8.5 

DO (mg/l) 8.4 6.8 

BOD (mg/l) 3.5 2.81 

Turbidity (NTU) 6.05 50.3 15 

Colour (Pt. Co.) 137.0 57.0 50 

COD (mg/l) 7.0 6.40 10 

CO3) (mg/l) 0.0 0.0 40 

HCO3 (mg/l) 85.40 100.65 

Cl- (mg/l) 49.70 46.15 600 60 

NO4 (mg/l) 1.39 1.37 

NO2 (mg/l) 

+ 

NH4 (mg/l) 

2 

SO4 (mg/l) 

0.10 

1.50 

0.91 

0.05 

1.59 

1.23 400 

PO4 (mg/l) 2.85 0.78 

Na (mg/l) 5.25 5.87 

K (mg/l) 5.48 0.0 

Ca (mg/l) 4.81 5.61 200 

3-17


Mg (mg/l) 0.49 0.49 150 

Fe (mg/l) 0.03 0.04 1.5 1.5 

Mn (mg/l) 0.14 0.04 0.5 

Zn (mg/l) 0.47 0.63 1.0 1.0 

Cu (mg/l) 0.43 0.37 15 1.0 

Cr (mg/l) 0.29 2.11 0.03 

Cd (mg/l) 0.05 0.03 

Ni (mg/l) 0.01 0.08 

V (mg/l) 0.06 0.06 

Pb (mg/l) 0.14 0.13 0.05 

Hg (mg/l) 0.0 0.002 

THC (mg/l) 0.18 3.19 

WS3 – Burrow Pit northeast of the flowstation 

WS4 – Upstream near the source of the Jemison River at Aideyoba 

3.2.8.2 Phytoplankton Studies 

Table 3.12a Composition and Abundance of Phytoplankton in the Study Stations (Dry season) 

Phytoplankton Taxa Borrow Pit Jamieson River 

BACILLARIOPHYTA 

Asterionella japonica 18 

Coscinodiscus sp 10 

Nitschia sp 8 

Navicula sp. 5 

Flagillaria sp 4 

F. construens 2 

Melosira sp. 8 

Synedra sp 4 

CHLOROPHYTA 

Pediastrum simplex 2 

Cl. ehrenbergii 4 

Cl. gracile 2 

Cosmarium abbreviatum 1 

Eudorina elegans 4 

Micrasterias alata 23 

Scenedesmus sp. 6 

Spirogyra africanum 35 12 

Volvox sp 3 

EUGLENOPHYTA 

Euglena acus 48 

CYANOPHYTA 

Anabaena cylindricump 15 2 

Oscillatoria sp 60 1 

Microcystis aeruginosa 35 

3-18


Table 3.12b Composition and abundance of phytoplankton in the Study Stations (Wet Season) 

Taxa Borrow Pit Jamieson River 

CHLOROPHYCEAE 

Spirogyra africanum 28 40 

Spirogyra setiformis 13 

Volvox sp. 2 

Mocrospora sp. 

Micrasterias sp. 4 

Scenedesmus sp. 5 

Ankistrodesmus sp. 18 

BACILLARIOPHYCEAE 

Fragillaria islandica 10 

Nitzschia sp. 15 

Melosira sp. 6 8 

Coscinodiscus sp. 17 

CYANOPHYCEAE 

Spirulina sp. 18 

Microcystis aureginosa 45 

Oscillatoria limnetica 

Oscillatoria curviceps 60 80 

DINOPHYCEAE 

Ceratium sp. 

Peridinum depressum 2 

Total number of taxa 8 9 

Total number of individuals 253 181 

The phytoplankton community of the borrow pit water within the Oben Field area comprised of 5 taxa 

belonging to the Divisions Chlorophyta (1 species), Cyanophyta (3 species) and Euglenophyta (1 

species) (Table 3.12a and b). The Cyanophyta (Anabaena cylindricum, Microcystis aeruginosa and 

Oscillatoria sp) were the most prevalent followed by the Euglenoids (Euglena acus) and Chlorophyta 

(Spirogyra). The water of the borrow pit was poor in phytoplankton species diversity when compared 

with the river water. The dominance of cynophytes and euglenoids was indicative of organic pollution of 

the burrow pit water. In the Jamieson River, 19 taxa of phytoplankton belonging to the Divisions 

Bacillariophyta, Chlorophta, Euglenophyta and Cyanophyta were recorded. The chlorophyta dominated 

in terms of taxa number and total abundance. The phytoplankton composition and abundance at 

Jamieson River are similar to what obtains in similar water bodies in the Niger Delta (RPI, 1985; Opute, 

1991). The poor record of euglenoids and cynophytes in the Jamieson River supports the unpolluted 

state of this river (Wetzel, 1975). 

3.2.8.3 Zooplankton Studies 

The zooplankton community of the borrow pit water was mainly Ostracoda and Copepoda (Table 3.13a 

and 3.13b). The Ostracoda was represented by Cytheridella tepida and Stenocypris sp. The Copepoda 

was made up of mainly Cyclopoids (Microcyclops varicans). Generally, the zooplankton diversity was 

very low especially in the dry season. 

3-19


Table 3.13a Composition and Abundance of Zooplankton in the Study Stations (Dry Season) 

Zooplankton Taxa Borrow Pit Jamieson River 

ROTIFERA 

ASPLANCHNIDAE 

Asplanchna priodonta 5 

BRACHIONIDAE 

Brachionus patulus 20 

Brachionus calyciflorus 9 

Platyias leloupi 6 

Keratella tropica 22 

Keratella cochlearis 19 

Beauchampiella eudactylota 1 

LECANIDAE 

Lecane lunaris 2 

Lecane curvicornis 13 

Monostyla bulla 4 

TRICHOCERCIDAE 

Trichocerca cylindrica 6 

FILINIIDAE 

Filina longiseta 2 

GASTROPODIDAE 

Ascomorpha sp 1 

CLADOCERA 

BOSMINIDAE 

Bosmina longirostris 15 

Bosminopsis deitersi 4 

CHYDORIDAE 

Alona excisa 10 

Alona monacantha 5 

MOINIDAE 

Moina micrura 11 

MACROTHRICIDAE 

Macrothrix spinosa 5 

Ilyocryptus spinifer 7 

Echinisca triseralis 18 

COPEPODA 

CYCLOPODA 

Mesocyclops leukarti 8 

Microcyclops varicans 13 

Eucyclops serrulatus 15 

Thermocyclops neglectus 9 

Thermocyclops prassinus 20 

CALANOIDA 

Tropodiaptomus incognitos 2 

Tropodiaptomus laurentii 5 

Temora sp 2 

Thermodiaptomus galebi 4 

HARPACTICOIDA 

Bryocamptus birsteini 1 

3-20


Stenocypris sp 19 

Cytheridella tepida 8 

Total Number of Taxa 3 30 

Total number of Individuals 40 78 

The Jamieson River zooplankton comprised of 30 taxa made of the Rotifera (13 species), Cladocera (8 

species) and 9 species of Copepoda. The predominance of rotifers is typical of tropical freshwater 

ecosystems (Odum 1971, Ogbeibu 2001, Ogbeibu et al 2006). The zooplankton diversity and 

abundance of the burrow pit was poor when compared with the Jamieson River. Zooplankton diversity 

and abundance were greater in the rainy season than in the dry season for both borrow pit water and 

river water. 

Table 3.13b Composition and abundance of Zooplankton in the Study Stations (Wet season) 


CLADOCERA 

Bosmina longirostris 8 18 

Moina micrura 5 10 

Macrothrix spinosa 6 

Echinisca triseralis 4 36 

Ilyocryptus spinifer 7 15 

Alona excisa 8 10 

Alona monacantha 4 

Alona davidi 5 14 

COPEPODA 

Cyclopoida 

Eucyclops serrulatus 1 

Mesocyclops leuckarti 5 

Thermocyclops negloitus 

Thermocyclops crassus 3 

Calanoida 

Tropodiaptomus incognitos 2 1 

Harpacticoida 

Bryocampus sp. 



3.2.8.4 Macrobenthos 

These groups were poorly represented in the borrow pit; only few individuals of Notonecta 

(Family Notonectidae) of the insect order Hemiptera were recorded (Table 3.14a & b). In the 

Jamieson River, a total of 31 taxa were recorded. The chironomid dipterans are known to be 

ubiquitous in tropical aquatic ecosystems (Ogbeibu and Victor 1989, Ogbeibu 2001, Ogbeibu 

and Oribhabor 2002). The occurrence of shrimps in this river indicates the unperturbed nature 

of the sampled stretch (Edokpayi 1989). 

3-21


Table 3.14a Composition and Abundance of Macrobenthic Fauna in the Study Stations (Dry Season) 

MACROBENTHIC TAXA 

CLASS INSECTA 

ORDER COLEOPTERA 

FAMILY DYTISCIDAE 

Borrow Pit Jamieson River 

Dytiscus marginalis 

FAMILY ELIMIDAE 

7 

Stenelmis sp. 3 

Heterlimnius sp. 

FAMILY HYDROPHILIDAE 

1 

Hydrophilus sp. 

ORDER DIPTERA 

FAMILY CHIRONOMIDAE 

Chironominae 

1 

Chironomus (Nilodorum) 

fractilobus 

2 

C. (Nilodorum) 

18 

transvaalensis 

Stictichironomus caffrarius 8 

Pentaneura sp. 20 

Polypedilum sp. 7 

Tanytarsus balteatus 3 

Orthocladinae 

Corynoneura sp. 8 

Tanypodinae 

Clinotanypus maculatus 2 

FAMILY CULICIDAE 

Chaoborinae 

Chaoborus sp. 3 

EPHEMEROPTERA 

FAMILY BAETIDAE 

Baetis sp. 15 

Centroptilum sp. 10 

Cloeon bellum 5 

C. cylindroculum 7 

FAMILY CAENIDAE 

Caenis sp. 1 

FAMILY 

TRICHORYTHIDAE 

Dicercomyzon sp. 1 

ORDER HEMIPTERA 

FAMILY Belostomidae 

Sphaerodima nepoides 1 

FAMILY Gerridae 

Gerris lacustris 5 

FAMILY Nepidae 

Nepa apiculata 1 

FAMILY Notonectidae 

3-22


Notonecta sp. 

ODONATA 

ANISOPTERA 

FAMILY Cordulidae 

28 

Somatochlora metallica 

FAMILY Libellulidae 

1 

Sympetrum navasi 

ZYGOPTERA 

FAMILY 

COENAGRIONIDAE 

3 

Ceriagrion sp. 3 

C. pulchelum 2 

Ischnura elegans 

Class Crustacea 

Order Decapoda 

1 

Caridina africana 14 

Desmocaris trispinosa 20 

Macrobrachium 

macrobrachium 

4 

Macrobrachium felicinum 2 

Table 3.14b Composition and abundance of Macrobenthic Fauna in the Study Stations (Wet Season) 


PLACOPTERA 

Isoperia sp. 1 

EPHEMEROPTERA 

Baetis rhodani 6 

Centroptilum sp. 

Stenonema sp. 3 

ODONATA 

Lestes sp. 1 2 

Macromia sp. 

Libullula sp. 3 

DIPTERA 

Chironomus sp. 6 2 

Ablabesmyia sp. 3 1 

Chaoborus sp. 2 

Antrichopogon sp. 

COLEOPTERA 

Stenelmis sp. 2 

HEMIPTERA 

Gerris sp. 2 

Sigara sp. 

DECAPODA 

Caridina africana 

Desmocaris trispinosa 

3-23


Macrobrachium felicinum 

OSTRACODA 

Cypris sp. 2 

Cypridopsis sp. 



3.2.8.5 Microbiological Studies 

The heterotrophic bacterial count of water samples (borrow pit and Jamieson river) of the Oben Field 

area ranged from 1.3 x 10 2 to 8.3 x 10 2 cfu/ml in the dry season and 5.1x10 3 to 9.4x10 3 Cfu/ml in the 

rainy season. The counts were within the range usually obtained from unperturbed environments. The 

predominant bacterial species in the water bodies of the study area were Bacillus sp. Staphylococcus 

sp. Pseudomonas sp. and Escherichia sp. 

The fungal counts of surface water samples (borrow pit and Jamieson river) from the Oben Field area 

ranged from 2.0 x 10 to 5.0 x10 cfu/ml in the dry season and 6.0x10 to 8.0x10 2 in the rainy season.The 

predominant fungal isolates in water samples within the Oben Field were Mucor sp., Cladosporum sp 

Penicillium sp. and Candida sp. 

Table 3.15a: Microbiological Properties of Surface Waters in Oben Field (Dry season) 

Location THB(Cfu/ml HUB(Cfu/ml %HUB TF(Cfu/ml HUF(Cfu/ml %HUF 

Borrow Pit 1.3 x 10 2 1.1 x 10 8.46 2.0 x 10 0.3 x 10 15.0 

Jamieson 

River 

8.3 x 10 2 2.1 x 10 2.5 5.0 x 10 0.5 x 10 10.0 

THB=Total Heterotrophic Bacteria HUB=Hydrocarbon Utilizing Bacteria 

TF=Total Fungi 

Table 3.15b: Microbiological Properties of Surface Waters in Oben Field (Wet season) 

Location THB(Cfu/ml) HUB(Cfu/ml %HUB TF(Cfu/ml HUF(Cfu/ml %HUF 

Borrow Pit 5.1 x 10 3 4.5 x 10 0.88 6.0 x 10 0.4 x 10 6.67 

Jamieson 

River 

9.4 x 10 3 6.5 x 10 0.69 8.0 x 10 2 0.6 x 10 7.50 

THB=Total Heterotrophic Bacteria HUB=Hydrocarbon Utilizing Bacteria 

TF=Total Fungi 

3.2.8.6 Fish/Fisheries Studies 

Dry Season 

Fishing activities are seldomly practised at the Oben, Iguelaba, Ikobi areas, so far, farming is the 

mainstay. Results on fishery in this report were based on oral interviews of the inhabitants of isolated 

fringing communities engaged in mild fishing along the Jemison riverbanks and identification of the 

fishes bought from fishermen. The fishing gears used in the fringe communities include traps, basket, 

handnet and linehooks. A checklist of the fishes is presented in Table 3.16. 

The condition factor of these fishes range from 1.63 – 4.50 (a high factor) indicating that they were in 

good health. The fishes observed ranged from small to large sizes. At the downstream stretch of the 

Jemison River, fishing activities are very intensive. Compared to the fishing potential at the study area 

as reflected by the results of this study, the activity is relatively under-utilised. 

The heavy metal concentration in tissues of selected fish species from the Jemison River in Oben field 

is presented in Table 3.17a. The heavy metal contents of the fish tissues were generally low and within 

3-24


allowable WHO limits. The degree of bioaccumulation of metal differs in relation to the fish species as 

well as the type of metal. 

Wet Season 

Few fish landings from the Jemison River were observed but these were comparatively higher than the 

dry season observation. These include typical freshwater species (Edokpayi and Gbugbemi, 1998) like 

Tilapia zilli, Alestes nurse, Hemichromis fasciatus, and Hemichromis bimaculatus. A checklist of the 

finfishes is presented in Table 3.17b. The Condition Factors of the fishes were high (range 2.86 – 

6.50). The fishing gears which were mainly line-hooks, traps and baskets were not different from the 

dry season observation. The heavy metal content of tissues of selected fish species from the Oben 

waters was generally low (Table 3.17a) and within allowable WHO limits (FEPA, 1991). 

Table 3.16: Fin fishes in the Jamieson River of the Oben Field 

Family: CICHLIDAE 

Tilapia zilli 

Hemichromis fascia tus 

Hemichromis bimaculatus 

Family: MOCHOKIDAE 

Auchenoglanis occidentalis 

Synodontis eupterus 

Family : CHANNIDAE 

Channa obscura 

Family : GYMNARCHIDAE 

Gymnarchus niloticus 

Family : MORMYRIDAE 

Mormyrus …phthalmus 

Family: POLYTERIDAE 

Calamoichthys calabaricus 

Family: OSTEOGLOSSIDAE 

Heterotis niloticus 

Table 3.17a: Heavy metal concentrations in selected fish species from waters in Oben field (dry 

season) 

Heavy metal Hemichromis Channa obscura Gymnarchus Momyrus 

(mg/Kg) faciatus 

niloticus rume 

Fe 0.18 0.22 0.18 0.098 

Cu 0.004 0.002 0.006 0.006 

Cr 0.014 0.030 0.028 0.030 

Pb 0.026 0.004 0.008 0.025 

Zn 0.045 0.26 0.24 0.064 

Cd 0.028 0.003 ND 0.026 

Ni 0.040 ND 0.009 0.020 

V ND ND ND ND 

Table 3.17b: Heavy metal concentrations in selected fish species from waters in Oben field (Wet 

season) 

Heavy metal Hemichromis Tilapia zilli Gymnarchus Momyrusrume 

(mg/Kg) bimaculatus 

niloticus 

Fe 0.28 0.34 0.12 0.18 

3-25


Cu 0.002 0.042 0.012 0.01 

Cr 0.024 0.020 0.009 0.050 

Pb 0.006 0.001 0.005 0.032 

Zn 0.032 0.20 0.44 0.084 

Cd 0.019 ND ND 0.033 

Ni 0.051 ND 0.003 0.020 

V 0.001 ND ND 0.002 

3.2.9 Hydrology/Hydrogeology 

The altitude of the Oben Field rises slightly in excess of 50ft above mean sea level. Three (3) chronostratigraphic 

units have been identified in the sedimentary building of the Niger delta basin. These are 

Agbada, Akata and Benin formation. Sediment thickness in sequences in most basins is Quaternary 

deposits characterized with geomorphologic units. 

The hydrogeological set-up constitutes of fine medium grain sand aquifers, which were more than 15m 

thick (Oben closest depth is between 46-60m). A clay layer ranging in thickness from 3.5-9.0m overlies 

the aquifers and the static water level at Oben was low. The ground waters are potable and belong to 

the Ca-Mg-CO3 facia type with low concentrations of hydrocarbons (


facing tile sea, separated by the various river mouths which dissect 

them into small islands - 5 - 47Km long and approximately 12Km wide. The upper layer is made up of 

fine to medium grained sand below which is an organic peaty silty clay or clay. A predominantly sandy 

lithology with some gravely characteristic is found deeper below: 

3.2.9.1.2: Hydrogeology 

The Oben study areas are underlain by fine medium grain sand aquifers more than 15m thick (Oben, 

closest depth is between 46-60m). A clay layer ranging in thickness from 3.5 - 9.0m overlie the aquifers 

and the static water level at Oben was low. Cr, Hg, Ni and V concentrations were not detected in any of 

the borehole water samples. The ground waters are portable and belong to the Ca - Mg - CO3 facie 

type with the concentrations of hydrocarbon < 0.03 ppm. 

Table 3.18 Physico-chemical Characteristics of Borehole Waters in Oben Field (Wet and Dry Seasons) 

BH1 BH2 BH3 

Parameters 

W D W D W D 

Temperature o C 26.3 28.2 26.5 28.1 26.2 27.8 

Total Dissolved Solids 

(mg/l) 

20.6 22.3 22.1 25.3 20.1 26.4 

Total Suspended Solids 

(mg/l) 

1.0


3.3.0 The Socio-Economic Environment 

The socio-economic environment of the WDGS/WAGP at Oben Field is described below: 

3.3.1 Political and Socio-Cultural History 

The four host communities of the WDGS/WAGP at Oben Field are located in Ugu Ward of Orhionmwon 

Local Government Area of Edo State and are part of the ancient Benin Kingdom. The population of host 

communities within the study area are shown in Table 3.19. The village of Oben is the principal location 

of the WDGS/WAGP. Oben was founded by an emissary of the Oba of Benin, who was sent to allocate 

lands to villages in that part of the kingdom. During the land demarcation exercise he discovered a set 

of tree shrubs with very beautiful Oben leaves. On completion of his mission he requested the Oba to 

grant him permission to settle at the site of the trees. The request was granted and he named the 

settlement Oben, and was enthroned as the Enogie (Duke). The only other host settlement with an 

Enogie is Obozogbe-Nugu. It is important to note that the Enogie of any settlement in Benin Kingdom is 

a descendant of the Oba of Benin. 

The villages are autonomous units but the socio-political organisation structure is the same as in all 

settlements in Benin Kingdom. The structure consists of: 

1. The Council of Elders headed by the Enogie (Duke) or Odionwere (the eldest male if there is no 

Duke). The Council is responsible for all customary and administrative issues. 

2. The Youth Council, which is made up of elected officials, and is responsible for social and 

environmental development 

3. The Women group, that is responsible for women affairs. 

These organs are charged with various responsibilities, which help to ensure peace, development and 

good neighborliness in the communities. All the settlements often meet to dialogue on issues of 

common interest. The hierarchy of authority and representatives’ standing and functional roles at such 

meetings is based on well-known practiced and accepted cultural history and procedures. The people 

are generally well informed, highly mobilized and sensitive to their rights. Women are accorded 

reasonable level of social recognition. 

Table 3.19: Population Census of Communities in Oben Field in 1991 and its Projected Population in 

2006 

COMMUNITY 1991 2006 

MALE FEMALE TOTAL MALE FEMALE TOTAL 

Oben 414 367 780 591 524 1115 

Iguelaba 470 381 887 686 609 1295 

Ikobi 258 228 486 376 333 709 

Obozogbe 458 406 864 669 593 1262 

3.3.1.1 Totems 

There is no universal totem in the communities. However some families forbid the consumption of 

private totems such as cricket, cat, dog, puff adder, etc. 

3.3.1.2 Domestic Animals 

There is no inhibition on the raising and keeping of domestic animals. The abundance of free grazing 

sheep, goats, chicken and ducks were noted during the fieldwork. The presence of cows that were 

being reared and grazed by Hausa-Fulani herdsmen was also observed. 

3-28


3.3.2 Settlement System 

The Oben project area is rural. Its settlements are, therefore, characteristically small. Figure 3.5 shows 

that their 2005 projected populations ranged from 739 in Ikobi to 1348 in Iguelaba. The four (4) 

settlements are located along the Jesse-Ugo Road, otherwise called the “Crewe-Read Road”, after the 

British Colonial District Commissioner, Offey Stuart Crewe-Read, under whose administration it was 

first constructed in the 1900s. All the settlements are linear in their physical layout. Their internal 

structure is homogeneous. Residential land use accounts for over 95 % of all the uses. 

3.3.3. Demographic Characteristics of Respondents. 

The demographic characteristics of the house heads in the communities in the WDGSP/WAGP area 

are presented below. 

3.3.3.1 Age and Sex Structure: 

Table 3.20 shows that 69.1 % of the respondents were males (ranging from 52 % in Ikobi to 76 % in 

Oben), while 30.9 % were females (ranging from 25 % in Obozogbe to over 46 % in Ikobi). 

Furthermore, while on the average 56.7 % of the respondents were in the 41-60 year age bracket, the 

proportion ranged from 13 % in Ikobi to about 88 % in Obozogbe. Ikobi had the youngest household 

heads, where 73.3 % were between 21 and 40 years old (Fig. 3.6). 

Table 3.20: Demographic structure of the host communities of the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field 

Community Sex Age 

Male % Female % Total 21-40 % 41-60 % >60 % 

Oben 16 76.0 5 23.9 21 7 35.0 12 60.0 1 5.0 

Iguelaba 11 68.8 5 31.2 16 6 37.5 10 62.5 - - 

Ikobi 8 52.3 7 46.7 15 11 73.3 2 13.3 2 13.2 

Obozogbe 12 75 4 25.0 16 2 12.5 14 87.5 - - 

Total 47 69.1 21 30.9 68 26 38.8 38 56.7 3 4.5 

Source: Field survey, 2005 

3-29


Population (%) 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

Population Distribution by Age 

0-15 16-24 25-34 35-50 >50 

Age 

Fig.3.5: Demographic structure of the host communities of the WDGS/WAGP at Oben Field 

3.3.3.2 Ethnicity and Religion: 

The study found out that on the average, 83.2 % of the respondents were Edo State indigenes, while 

14.7 % were from the neighbouring Delta State (Table 3.21). The proportions of indigenes, however, 

varied from about 91 % in Oben to 75 % in Iguelaba. The table also shows that while 54.4 % of the 

respondents claim to be Christians, 45.6 % were of other religions. The Table shows that while threequarters 

of the respondents from Ikobi claim to be Christians, about 59 % of those from Obozogbe were 

of other religions. 

Table 3.21: Religion and Ethnicity 

Community 

Religion 

Christianity % Others % Edo 

3-30 

Oben 

Iguelaba 

Ikobi 

Obozogbe 

Ethnicity 

% Delta % Others % 

Oben 11 55.0 9 45.0 20 90.9 2 9.1 - - 

Iguelaba 9 56.3 7 43.8 12 75.0 3 18.8 1 6.2 

Ikobi 10 66.7 5 33.3 12 80.0 3 20 - - 

Obozogbe 7 41.2 10 58.8 13 86.7 2 13.3 - - 

Total 37 54.4 31 45.6 57 83.2 10 14.7 1 1.5 

Source: Field survey, 2005


3.3.3.3 Marital Status: 

Our survey shows in Table 3.22, that 86.6 % of the respondents were married; 7.5 % were single, 3 % 

were separated and 1.5 % were widowed and divorced, respectively. The Table also shows that while 

all the respondents in Ikobi and Obozogbe were married, about 19 % of those from Iguelaba were 

single. Over 57 % of them had one (1) wife and about 43 % had two or more wives. Finally, the study 

shows that while 90 % of the respondents from Ikobi had one wife, 58.3 % of those from Obozogbe had 

two (2) wives 

Table 3.22: Marital Status 

Community 

Singl 

e 

% Marrried % Seperate 

d 

Marital status No of Wives 

% Divorced % Widowed % 1 % 2 % 3 % 

Oben 2 9.5 16 76.2 2 9.5 - - 1 4.8 9 60.0 6 40.0 - - 

Iguelaba 3 18.8 11 68.8 - - 1 6.2 1 6.2 3 37.5 3 37.5 2 25.0 

Ikobi - - 15 100.0 - - - - - - 9 90.0 1 10.0 - - 

Obozogbe - - 16 100.0 - - - - - - 5 41.7 7 58.3 - - 

Total 5 7.5 58 86.6 2 3.0 1 1.5 1 1.5 26 57.8 17 37.8 2 4.4 

Source: Field survey, 2005 

3.3.3.4 Educational Characteristics: 

Table 3.23 shows that about 62.3 % of the respondents had a minimum of secondary school 

education/diploma, almost one-third (30.4 %) had no formal education and only 7.2 % were university 

graduates. Furthermore, our survey shows that while as many as 56.3 % of the respondents in Iguelaba 

had no formal education, 80 % of the household heads in Ikobi had secondary school education 

Table 3.23: Educational Characteristics 

Community Level of Education 

None % WASC/ Diploma Degree % 

Oben 6 27.3 14 63.6 2 9.0 

Iguelaba 9 56.3 6 37.5 1 6.2 

Ikobi 2 13.3 12 80.0 1 6.7 

Obozogbe 4 25.0 11 68.8 1 6.3 

Total 21 30.4 43 62.3 5 7.2 

3.3.3.5 Household Size: 

The average household size in Oben host communities was six persons (Table 3.24). Furthermore the 

survey shows that 42.6 % of the respondents had above six people in their households; 38.2 % had 4 

to 6 persons; while 19.1 % had 1 to 3 persons. The survey shows that Iguelaba had the largest 

households, where over 68 % of the respondents had over six members. Figure 3.6 shows that the 

population structure has a broad young base, with children aged between 0 – 14 constituting 47.4 % 

and youths between the ages of 15 and 39 years and elders between 40 and 59 years constitute 34.8 

% and 16.3 %, respectively. 

3-31


Table 3.24: Household Size 

. 

Community Family Size 

1-3 % 4-60 % >6 % 

Oben 4 19. 7 33.3 10 47.6 

Iguelaba 3 18.8 2 12.4 11 68.8 

Ikobi 4 26.7 8 53.3 3 20.0 

Obozogbe 2 12.5 9 56.3 5 31.3 

Total 13 19.1 26 38.2 29 42.6 

3.3.4 Cultural and Archeologically Sites 

One of the major socio-cultural sites in the Oben Project area is the Ogue-Edion shrine, which is 

prominent in each village. In addition, people actively involved in traditional religion and ancestral 

worship have family ancestral shrines within their compounds or at the inner chambers of their houses. 

There is a community owned and controlled forest located between Ikobi and Obozogbe-Nugu. It is an 

example of a community-based forest conservation scheme and natural resource management 

programme. 

3.3.5 Recreational Facilities Programmes 

The outdoor recreational facilities are the football fields located in the primary and secondary school 

premises, where the youths organise intra and inter community football games. Among the privately 

owned facilities is a pseudo hotel/relaxation spot organized by the Chairman of the Youth Council in the 

premises of his residence. It is also used for political activities. There are also local canteens (bukas) 

and palmwine bars. The major festivals are connected with traditional and orthodox Christian religions 

and national celebrations. They include Igue, New Yam, Burials, Marriages, Easter, Christmas, New 

Year, Independence and Democracy days. At such occasions, family compounds, public open spaces 

and church premises serve as celebration venues. 

3.3.6 Economic Environment 

The economic environment of the Project area is outlined below. 

3.3.6.1 Occupational and economic activity pattern: 

Our survey showed that the occupational structure of the Project host communities was typical of all 

rural communities in Nigeria, characterized mainly by farming which accounted for 65.7 % of those 

sampled (Table 3.25). The other occupations are trading (15.1 %), transportation (4.1 %), while other 

sundry economic activities combine to account for 12.3 %. The Table also shows that while Ikobi and 

Iguelaba had the highest concentration of farmers (71.4 % 70.0 %, respectively), there are more traders 

in Obozogbe and Oben (25.0 % and 17.4 %, respectively) Most of the people have maintained their 

economic activities for several years. 

3-32


Table 3.25: Occupational Structure 

Community Occupation of Respondents 

Farming % Huntin 

g 

% Trading % Transport % Teach 

-ing 

3-33 

% Others % 

Oben 14 60.9 1 4.3 4 17.4 - - - - 4 17.4 

Iguelaba 14 70.0 - - 2 10.0 1 5.0 - - 3 10.5 

Ikobi 10 71.4 - - 1 7.1 1 7.1 1 7.1 1 7.1 

Obozogbe 10 62.5 - - 4 25.0 1 6.3 - - 1 6.3 

Total 48 65.7 1 1.4 11 15.1 3 4.1 1 1.4 9 12.3 

3.3.6.2 Major crops: 

Our survey shows that yams, cassava, plantain and cocoyams were the major food crops cultivated in 

the area. On the average, they account for 24.2 %, 23.5 %, 20.0 % and 14.1 %, respectively, of the 

respondents. However, cash crops such as rubber and oil palm, as well as citrus fruits are also 

cultivated. The survey shows that apart from the cultivation of vegetables that is limited to Oben and 

Iguelaba, all the communities are involved in the cultivation of all crops. 

3.3.6.3 Respondents Income Distribution 

The average income in the study area is presented in Table 3.26 

Table 3.26: Average Income in Study Area 

AVERAGE INCOME 

(YR) (N) 

MALE FEMALE TOTAL 

1.000 – 10,000 6 1 7 

11,000 – 20,000 7 13 20 

21,000 – 30,000 13 5 18 

31,000 – 40,000 8 4 12 

41,000 – 50,000 14 1 15 

51,000 – 60,000 2 6 8 

61,000 – 70,000 1 - 1 

71,000 – 80,000 6 - 6 

Above 80,000 11 2 13 

TOTAL 68 32 100 

20% of respondents fall between N11,000 – N20,000 where as 13% earn above N80,000 per annum. 

The least income group amongst the respondents (N1,000 – N10,000) constitute 7%.


Population (%) 

20 

15 

10 

5 

0 


Table 3.27: Housing Types and Structure in Oben Oil Filed Host Communities 

House Type (%) Iguelaba Oben Ikobi Obozogbe- 

Nugu 

Mud wall un-plastered & zinc roof 

Mud wall half plastered with cement & zinc roof 

Mud wall plastered with cement & zinc roof 

Cement block wall un-plastered & zinc roof 

Cement block wall half plastered & zinc roof 

Cement block wall plastered & zinc roof 

Stick and mortar wall & zinc roof 

Stick and mortar and thatch roof 

28.6 

12.2 

26.5 

8.2 

2.0 

22.4 

- 

- 

3-35 

8.3 

18.8 

6.0 

18.1 

6.0 

37.6 

5.3 

- 

37.2 

16.5 

7.4 

3.3 

0.8 

1.7 

32.2 

0.8 

29.5 

14.4 

9.8 

10.6 

2.6 

17.0 

14.9 

1.2 

Average 

% 

% of total of 417 houses 11.8 31.9 29.0 27.3 100 

Source: Fieldwork, 2006 

Our study showed that the pit latrine was the method of human waste disposal in 98.4 per cent of the 

houses. Solid waste was gathered at designated dumpsites in each compound and burnt periodically. 

3.3.7 Social and Infrastructural facilities: 

3.3.7.1 Roads 

A tarred road that runs from Jesse in Delta State to Ugo in Edo State links the four communities. The 

road that is also known as the “Crewe-Read Road” is named after the British Colonial District 

Commissioner, Offley Stuart Crewe-Read, under whose administration it was contructed in the 1900s. 

The road was recently re-surfaced by SPDC. The road to Oben Field is also tarred. All others are earth 

roads, but are in good condition. 

3.3.7.2 Electricity 

The defunct Oil Mineral Producing Area Development Commission (OMPADEC) provided electricity for 

the four communities. However, the area had been without electricity for several years because many of 

the poles have broken and the conductors and insulators vandalized. In 2003, the Niger Delta 

Development Commission (NDDC) intervened by installing a transformer at Ikobi. In the other 

communities, only those who can afford private generators have electricity. 

3.3.7.3 Water 

The defunct Bendel State government had in the early 1980s constructed water schemes in all the 

communities. Our study revealed that none of these facilities is presently functional. The borehole 

constructed by SPDC at Obozogbe-Nugu, had also since broken down. SPDC recently constructed a 

comprehensive borehole at Oben, with an overhead storage tank and a diesel generator. However, 

water supply is not regular because of the inability of the community to bear the running cost. NDDC 

has constructed a borehole at Iguelaba. The other two (2) communities get their water from the SPDC 

facility at Oben. 

3.3.7.4 Markets 

Each of the four (4) communities has a traditional market. While the market at Oben operates daily, the 

others are periodic and operate every fourth day. While the market at Oben has 40 modern open stalls, 

constructed by SPDC, as well as traditional makeshift sheds, the three (3), others have only traditional 

sheds. 

25.9 

15.5 

12.4 

10.1 

2.8 

19.7 

13.1 

0.5


3.3.7.5 Schools 

Each of the four (4) communities has a primary school. SPDC had constructed a six-classroom block in 

Oben (1995), Iguelaba and Obozonogbe-Nugu (1984). There were two (2) secondary schools in the 

area. The older one is located at Oben, while the one at Ikobi was established only in 2003. Both of 

them run JSS 1-3 and SSS 1, only. Both of them had benefited from SPDC through the donation of 

books and the construction of staff quarters. 

3.3.8 Quality of Life 

The standard of living in the Oben host communities was generally low. Table 3.26 showed that the 

highest income group earned an average of N50, 000. -N80, 000.0 per annum. However, when poverty 

is defined as living below the equivalent of1.0 USD/day, given that the average household size in the 

area is 6 persons, an income of N317, 550.0/annum/household would be required to live above poverty. 

The implication is that there is absolute poverty in the area since nobody earns the minimum income to 

live above the poverty line. 

3.3.9 Perceived Environmental Problems 

The severity of the various environmental problems as perceived by the various communities, is 

summariesed in Table 3.28. 

Table 3.28: Perception of Environmental Problems 

Gas Flare Flooding Erosion Poor Pests Others 

Pollution 

Soils 

Oben 37.5 1.8 23.2 30.4 7.1 - 

Iguelaba 23.1 23.1 - 21.5 21.5 10.7 

Ikobi 19.0 1.7 24.1 24.1 24.1 6.9 

Obozogbe-Nugu 100.0 - - - - - 

Average 44.9 6.7 22.8 19.0 13.2 4.4 

Source: Fieldwork, 2006 

Our study shows that the respondents mentioned five (5) environmental problems, namely: gas flaring, 

flooding, erosion, poor soils and pests. Generally, the one that was perceived to be most serious in the 

area was pollution from gas flaring, which accounted for 44.9 per cent of the responses. This was 

followed by erosion (22.8 per cent) and poor soils (19.0 per cent). However, the severity of these 

problems varied from community to community. Thus, in Obozogbe-Nugu, all the respondents identified 

gas flaring was the only environmental problem. In Ikobi erosion, poor soils and pests were seen as 

equally serious.In Iguelaba, gas flaring and flooding were perceived as equally serious, while in Oben 

ggas flaring was identified as the most serious environmental problem followed by poor soils. 

3.3.10 Community concerns, needs and areas of assistance 

Our survey shows that the communities in the Oben project area desired the assistance of SPDC in a 

variety of areas (Table 3.29). 

Table 3.29: Needs and Desires of Oben Oil Field Host Communities 

Employment Market Town Micro- Electricity Industry Health Water School Others 

Hall credit 

Centre 

Oben 14.1 13.6 2.5 1.7 18.6 - - 15.3 11.0 22.9 

Iguelaba 11.5 2.6 - 9.0 15.4 2.6 11.5 11.5 12.9 23.1 

Ikobi 12.7 18.9 13.9 11.4 15.2 3.8 - 16.5 1.3 6.3 

Obozogbe- 

Nugu 

24.6 - 9.8 22.9 8.2 24.6 3.3 - - 6.6 

Average 15.7 8.8 6.6 11.3 14.4 7.8 3.7 10.8 6.3 14.7 

3-36


In relative order of priority the four (4) most desired areas of need indicated were: employment (15.7 

%), electricity (14.4 %), micro-credit (11. %) and water supply (10.8 %). However, the survey shows that 

the areas of desired assistance varied from community to community. For instance, in Oben, the priority 

need was electricity (18.6 %) followed by potable water (15.3 %) and employment (14.4 %). In Iguelaba, 

electricity was also indicated as the number one need (15.4 %), followed by school (12.9 %), while 

employment, health centre and water, tied for the third place (11.5 % each). In Ikobi what the people 

said they needed most was a market (18.9 %), followed by potable water (16.5 %) and electricity (15.2 

%). In Obozogbe-Nugu employment and electricity were indicated as the equally most desired areas of 

assistance (24.6%) followed by micro credit (22.9 %). 

3.4 Health Studies 

3.4.1 Introduction 

The health aspects of the WDGS/WAGP at Oben Field is described below: 

3-37

Disease 


Table 3.30 Prevalent diseases at Oben communities (obtained from questionnaire survey and clinical/physical 

Examination) 

Age Group and 

Gender 

3-38 

n=100 

6-20yrs 21-30 31-40 41-50 Above 50year Total 

M F T M F T M F T M F T M F T M F T 

Number examined 9 7 16 10 10 20 11 11 22 11 11 22 11 9 20 52 48 100 

Number affected 5 6 11 5 5 10 5 6 11 8 6 14 7 5 12 30 28 58 (58) 

Communicable disease 

Malaria fever 3 3 6 3 3 6 2 3 5 4 3 7 2 4 6 14 16 30 

URTI/cough 3 2 5 5 3 8 2 3 5 2 1 3 2 3 5 14 12 26 

Diarrhea/Dysentery 3 1 4 3 3 6 2 2 4 4 8 4 2 6 16 12 28 

Typhoid 2 1 3 1 - 1 1 1 2 1 - 1 1 2 3 6 4 10 

Cholera 1 1 2 1 1 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 4 

Gastroenteritis 1 2 3 1 1 2 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 8 6 14 

Scabies - - - - - - - 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 4 6 

Chicken pox - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 

Measles - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - 

Rashes 1 - 1 1 - 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 - - - 4 2 6 

Worm infestation 1 1 2 1 1 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 4 

STIs 4 - 4 2 - 2 2 - 2 - - - - - - 8 -4 8 

Non-communicable 

Body pains/ Rheumatism - - - 2 - 2 4 2 6 6 4 10 4 4 8 16 10 26 

Arthritis (joint paints) - - - 2 - 2 2 - 2 2 2 4 2 2 4 8 4 12 

Dizziness - - - - - - 2 2 4 2 2 4 4 4 8 8 8 16 

Injuries/sores 2 - 2 2 2 4 2 - 2 2 2 4 2 2 4 10 6 16 

Accident/ (roads) 2 1 3 1 1 2 1 - 1 1 - 1 1 - 1 6 2 8 

Cancer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 

High Blood Pressure - - - - - - 2 - 2 2 2 4 4 2 6 8 4 12 

Note (1) some individuals have multiple ailments; (2) Prevalence (%) in parenthesis.


a) Health problems among children 

Among the children the most common health problems were malaria (36%) 

Dysentery/Diarrhoea (32%), Cough/URTI (24%)), Worm infestations (16% Typhoid (12%), 

Gastroenteritis (10%).) and Measles ( 6%) in that order (Table 3.28). 

Table 3.31 Prevalent diseases among children at Oben communities (obtained from 

questionnaire survey and clinical/physical Examination) 

n=100 

Age Group and 

Gender 

Disease 

0-5yrs 6-10yrs 11-15yrs total 

M F T M F T M F T M F T 

Number examined 8 8 16 8 8 16 9 9 18 25 25 50 

Number infected 

Communicable 

disease 

4 4 8 6 4 10 6 6 12 16 14 30 

Malaria fever 4 4 8 4 2 6 2 2 4 10 8 18 

Diarrhoea/Dysentery 4 3 7 3 3 6 2 1 3 9 7 16 

URTI/cough 2 3 5 2 2 4 2 1 3 6 6 12 

Typhoid 2 1 3 2 1 3 - - - 4 2 6 

Cholera 1 1 2 1 1 2 - - - 2 2 4 

Gastroenteritis 2 1 3 1 1 2 - - - 3 2 5 

Scabies 1 1 2 1 - 1 1 -1 1 3 1 4 

Chicken pox - - - - - - - - - - - - 

Measles - 1 1 1 1 2 - - - 1 2 3 

Rashes 1 1 2 2 - 2 - - - 3 1 4 

Worm infestation 2 1 3 2 1 3 1 1 2 5 3 8 

STIs 

Non-communicable 

- - - - - - 2 - 2 2 - 2 

Body pains/ - - - - - - 1 1 2 1 1 2 

Rheumatism 

Arthritis (joint paints) - - - - - - - - - - - - 

Dizziness - - - 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 4 

Injuries/sores - - - 2 1 3 2 2 4 4 3 7 

Accident/ (roads) - - - 1 - 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 

Cancer - - - - - - - - - - - - 

Note: Some individuals have more than one ailment 

b) Communicable and Non-Communicable diseases 

The most prevalent communicable diseases were malaria, URTI or cough, diarrhoea 

diseases, skin infections and worm infestations while the most prevalent non-communicable 

diseases were body pains/rheumatism, arthritis, hernia, injuries and hypertension. 

3-39


c) Causes of Disease / ailments 

Poor hygienic conditions which exposed them to mosquito bites and pathogenic organisms 

were the major causes of diseases. Among the non-communicable diseases, body pains 

was due to their farming occupation and hard labour. Injuries were mostly due to 

occupational or home accidents or due to fighting/assault. Road traffic accidents were not 

common in the communities. 

d) Health seeking behaviour 

The most prevalent source of seeking medical care was through self-medication by going 

directly to purchase drugs for treatment at the chemists/drug store (60%) or going to the 

Cottage hospital (30%), or to native herbalist (6%) or to the prayer houses for spiritual 

healing (4%). 

3.4.2 Nutritional status 

The food items consumed by the respondents and children in the communities are starchy 

staples such as cassava (and its bye-products like garri, starch, ‘‘fufu’’ or ‘‘Santana’’ etc), 

plantain, cocoyam, rice, beans and yams. Animal protein foods are fish, shrimps, snails and 

bush meat from antelopes, grass cutter and giant rats. Animals such as goats, sheep and 

domestic fowls are also reared for meat, vegetables and fruits (e.g palm fruits for production 

of the local “banga” soup) are common. 

Most people (85%) eat twice a day i.e morning and evenings (50%) or afternoons and 

evenings (35%). The rest 15% claimed to only a single meal in a day and usually between 

afternoon and evening. 

There are no special food items for breakfast, lunch or dinner but the people simply eat any 

of the following food items as available at any time of the day: rice, yams, Eba (Garri with 

soup), beans, plantain, porridge etc. 

The Body Mass Index (BMI) was calculated for the adults and it is the weight in kilograms 

over the height in square metres. The results showed 52.3% of the respondents have 

normal nutritional status (Table 3.32). 

Table 3.32: Nutritional status of Adult respondents as estimated by the Body Mass Index 

(BMI) 

Health indicator Standard Number of Percentage of 

Reference value of 

BMI 

respondents Respondents 

Under Nutrition 40 - - 

Total 44 100.0% 

For the children, anthropometric indices for stunting, wasting and underweight were 

calculated. 

- Underweight (Malnutrition) was obtained by comparing the mean weight over the 

mean age with standard or reference values. 

3-40


- Stunting was obtained by comparing the mean height over the age with 

standard or reference values. 

- Wasting was obtained by comparing the mean weight over the height with standard 

or reference values. 

The calculated indicators of the nutritional status in children showed no malnutrition, no 

stunting and no wasting (Table 3.33). 

Table 3.33: Indices of Underweight, stunting and wasting among children in Oben 

community 

Health indicator 

Underweight 

Value National 

reference 

date (2003) 

(weight-for-age) 

Stunting (height- 

for age) 

Wasting (weight- 

for-height) 

n=50 

Cut-off points (percentages of 

reference) 

208.3 28.7 Severe malnutrition =


(iii) Prostitution: prostitution is known to exist in the communities but only about 5% of 

the women are said to be involved. The prostitutes are not officially known and every 

woman claims to have a husband in the community, which is polygamous. Sexually 

transmitted infections are said to be very low in prevalence and only 0.5% infection 

rate with STI was recorded in all the communities under study. Oral interviews and 

analysis of questionnaire showed that all (100%) members of the communities are 

aware of the HIV/AIDS but no AIDS cases have been recorded in the communities. 

(v) Sexual behaviour: Most members of the communities are highly promiscuous and 

highly active sexually. Polygamy is practiced in all the communities and child-bearing starts 

by the age of 15-17 years. 

3.4.5 Personal Cleanliness /Hygiene 

On personal cleanliness and hygiene, the respondents claimed to have good hygiene 

practices and good sanitation in the communities: 98% claimed to wash their hands before 

and after meals, 80% claimed to wash their hands after going to toilet, 100% claimed to take 

bath everyday and 100% also claimed sweep their floors everyday. 

3.4.6 Quality of Available Health Facilities 

The Oben field has only one Cottage hospital located at Oben. The hospital was established 

in December 1998 by Shell Petroleum Development Company (SPDC) and is managed by 

SPDC and Edo State Government Health Management Board. This hospital at Oben serves 

the other three communities – Iguelaba (5 km distance), Ikobi (2km distance) and 

Obozogbe nugu (4km distance). Other health facilities within the Oben field (Table 3.34) are 

Patent Medicine Stores (or Chemists) where the people buy drugs for self medication, 

Village Voluntary Health Worker (VVHW) who are specially trained to render appropriate 

health care to members of the community until the cases get to the physician, Traditional 

Birth Attendants (TBA) and Native Herbalists who render traditional health services using 

local herbs, drugs or concoctions. 

Table 3.34: Health facilities at Oben field 

Type Number Location 

Cottage Hospital 1 Oben 

Patent medicine stores (chemist) 5 2 at Oben and 1 each in the other 

three communities 

Village voluntary Health worker 4 One in each community 

Traditional Birth Attendants 22 Oben (7), Ikobi (5), Obozogbe- 

Nugu (6), Iguelaba (5) 

Herbalists 20 Oben (6), Ikobi (5), Obozogbe- 

Nugu (4), Iguelaba (5) 

Total 52 - 

Records supplied by the Cottage Hospital for the period between 2002 and 2005 showed 

that various communicable and non-communicable diseases were treated: malaria 27316 

cases, URTI/cough 264 cases, dysentery/diarrhoea 310 cases as the common 

communicable diseases while body pains/rheumatism 11,353 cases, and arthritis 6,211 

cases. 

Sores/wounds/accidents (15.76 cases) and high blood pressure (326 cases) were the 

common non-communicable diseases (Table 3.35). The least reported communicable 

diseases were STI (20 cases) and chickenpox (12 cases). 

3-42


Table 3.35: Prevalent diseases recorded at Oben Cottage Hospital during the period 2002-2005 

2002 2003 2004 2005 Grand total 

Disease 

Communicable 

Inpatient outpatient Inpatient outpatient Inpatient outpatient Inpatient outpatient Inpatient outpatient 

Malaria fever 442 6,023 450 6420 508 7038 395 6040 1,795 25,521 

URTI/cough 10 58 17 52 12 47 15 53 54 210 

Diarrhea/Dysentery 23 61 19 56 20 55 18 60 80 232 

Typhoid 8 24 6 27 7 31 7 28 28 110 

Cholera 3 11 3 10 2 8 2 9 10 38 

Gastroenteritis 12 18 7 21 5 25 13 19 37 83 

Scabies - 7 - 4 - 5 - 5 - 21 

Chicken pox - 3 - 3 - 4 2 - 12 

Measles 2 4 3 8 4 6 2 7 11 25 

Rashes - 16 - 13 - 8 - 9 - 46 

Worm infestation - 15 - 13 - 13 - 14 - 55 

STIs 

Noncommunicable 

- 5 - 6 - 5 - 4 - 20 

Body pains 251 2,650 203 3004 214 2478 218 2335 886 10,467 

Arthritis 160 1243 175 1572 158 1,323 172 1,428 665 5566 

Sores, wounds and 

accidents 

82 285 76 255 78 305 85 410 321 1255 

Dizziness 12 48 17 69 20 66 18 76 67 259 

Cancer 5 13 3 11 5 5 4 12 17 41 

High 

Pressure 

Blood 19 46 14 52 13 65 16 63 62 226 

3-43


Monthly treatment of patients during the year 2005 as obtained from the Cottage Hospital records 

showed that malaria was the most prevalent with the highest cases recorded between May and 

August. Other common diseases were URTI / Cough (with high case recorded in April and again in 

September/October months) Rheumatism/Body pains and sores/injuries (with high cases recorded 

between February and June during the peak period of farming activities). 

The Oben community where the hospital is located has the highest patronage for in-patients and 

outpatients due to proximity while the farthest Obozogbe nugu communities has the least 

patronage. Outpatients recorded at Oben cottage Hospital during 2005 are given in Table 3.36 

3-44


Table 3.36: Outpatients recorded at Oben Cottage Hospital during 2005 and the distribution pattern according to the 

communities 

Disease 

OBEN IKOBI IGUELABA OBOZOGBE GRAND 

TOTAL 

M F CH Total M F CH Total M F CH Total M F CH Total 

Communicable 

disease 

Malaria 2040 2405 2500 6945 1620 2235 2167 6472 1704 2007 2510 6221 1823 1892 2168 5883 25.521 

URTI/cough 12 15 21 58 9 19 26 54 11 15 22 48 5 10 25 50 210 


Typhoid 10 10 12 32 7 10 18 35 4 5 14 23 2 2 16 20 110 

Cholera 2 2 6 10 - 2 6 8 1 4 5 9 1 2 8 11 38 

Gastroenteritis 6 4 15 25 2 3 16 21 4 3 9 16 5 6 10 21 38 

Scabies 2 - 3 5 1 - 3 4 1 - 3 4 2 2 6 8 83 

Chicken pox - - 4 4 - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - - 4 4 12 

Measles - - 7 7 - - 6 6 - - 5 5 - - 7 7 25 

Rashes 4 3 7 14 1 2 8 11 - 1 8 9 1 1 10 12 46 

Worm infestation 4 2 10 16 22 2 9 13 2 1 8 11 1 2 12 15 55 

STDs 4 2 - 6 5 - - 5 5 - - 3 6 - - 6 20 

Non- 

communicable 

Body pains/ 

1650 1422 - 3,072 1802 1048 - 2850 1,304 697 - 2001 1400 644 - 2044 10,467 

Rheumatism 

Arthritis 

paints) 

(joint 867 658 - 1,525 768 596 - 1,364 824 592 - 1416 860 401 - 1261 5,566 


Accidents 

172 103 59 334 126 101 83 310 97 105 107 309 110 104 88 302 1255 

Dizziness 33 20 15 68 30 26 12 68 25 20 15 60 27 21 15 63 259 

Cancer 7 5 - 12 10 - - 10 8 - - 8 7 4 - 11 41 

High 

Pressure 

Blood 42 23 - 65 38 26 - 64 32 26 - 58 31 18 - 49 226 

3-45


Table 3.37: In-patients recorded at Oben Cottage Hospital during 2005 and the distribution pattern according to the 

communities. 

OBEN IKOBI IGUELABA OBOZOGBE GRAND 

Disease 

TOTAL 

M F CH Total M F CH Total M F CH Total M F CH Total 

Communicable 

disease 

Malaria 130 142 213 485 152 147 165 464 116 123 191 430 118 105 193 416 1795 

URTI/cough 6 5 9 20 - 2 10 12 - 2 10 12 2 1 7 10 54 


Typhoid 1 1 8 10 - 1 4 5 2 1 2 5 1 2 5 8 28 

Cholera - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - - 3 3 - - 3 3 10 

Gastroenteritis - 2 8 10 2 - 6 8 2 2 5 9 2 1 7 10 37 

Scabies - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 

Chicken pox - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 

Measles - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - - 3 3 - - 4 4 11 

Rashes - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 

Worm infestation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 

STDs 

Noncommunicable 

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 

Body 

Rheumatism 

pains/ 204 102 - 306 138 113 - 251 132 81 - 213 71 33 - 104 886 

Arthritis 

paints) 

(joint 112 98 - 210 126 77 - 203 88 62 - 150 61 41 - 102 665 


Accidents 

33 26 26 85 30 17 35 82 38 12 26 76 35 12 31 78 321 

Dizziness 10 4 6 20 7 4 2 13 9 2 5 16 10 4 4 18 67 

Cancer 4 2 - 6 4 - - 4 3 1 - 4 3 - - 3 17 

High 

Pressure 

Blood 10 8 - 18 10 4 - 14 12 2 - 14 12 4 - 16 62 

3-46


Births, Still Births, Deaths and Immunization records for 2005 are shown in Table 3.38 Total 

births stood at (an average of 9 /month). The highest number of 14 births was recorded in the 

month of April. While the least (4) were in the months of October and December. Male births 

were recorded more than female births. Number of children immunized continued to increase 

from 2003 to 2005 due to more awareness and campaigns. All children born in or out of hospital 

are given complete immunization with the different vaccines. 

Table 3.38: Births and Still-births records at the Oben Cottage Hospital during 2005 

Birth Still births Deaths 

Months M F Total M F total M F total 

January 7 3 10 1 - 1 1 - 1 

February 6 5 11 1 - 1 - - - 

March 4 3 7 - - - - - - 

April 5 9 14 - 1 1 - 1 1 

May 4 5 9 - - - 1 - 1 

June 5 6 11 - 1 1 - - 0 

July 8 4 12 - - - - 1 1 

August 5 7 12 - - - - 1 1 

September 3 3 6 - - - 1 1 2 

October 2 2 4 - 1 1 0 - 0 

November 4 3 7 - - - - - - 

December 1 3 4 - - - - 0 0 

Total 54 54 107 2 3 5 3 4 17 

3-47


Table 3.39: Number of children immunized between 2002 and 2005 at the Oben Cottage 

Hospital 

Year 

Month 

2002 2003 2004 2005 

January 6 50 67 58 

February - 52 76 56 

March 3 95 84 47 

April - 41 56 54 

May - 38 58 67 

June - 36 43 105 

July - 34 43 94 

August - 10 49 27 

September - 44 38 59 

October 6 46 37 67 

November 3 10 36 46 

December 13 26 90 58 

Table 3.40: Records of Child immunization at the Oben Cottage Hospital during 2005 

Months BCG DPT Measles Yellow Polio TT HBV 

fever vaccine 

January -*67 17 9 8 5 10 10 3 

February- 76 26 8 25 3 8 4 2 

March 84 32 12 20 4 10 4 2 

April -56 18 10 12 4 5 5 2 

May -58 22 10 20 - 1 5 - 

June -43 10 - 20 - 3 5 - 

July-43 8 8 12 - 2 10 - 

August -49 10 9 19 5 7 7 6 

September – 38 8 6 15 2 3 4 2 

October -37 10 15 5 2 2 3 - 

November – 36 16 - 10 3 5 2 - 

December-90 20 10 20 5 20 5 10 

*Numbers adjacent to the month represent total number immunized 

Reporting of Stillbirths and Deaths were low and the records showed 11 and 44. 

respectively between the years 2002 and 2005. The deaths reported were only of 

3-48


children and causes of death was mainly due to malaria and other unknown causes. 

3.4.7 Health professionals at Oben Cottage Hospital 

There was only one Physician and six Nurses in the Cottage Hospital and number of 

cases handled daily ranged between 10 and 60 patients (average of 30 patients per 

day). This gives a doctor/ patient ratio of 1:30 and nurses/patient ratio of 1:5. All the 

personnel at the Cottage Hospital are shown in Table 3.41. 

Table 3.41: Health professionals at Oben Cottage Hospital 

S/N Personnel Number Qualification Years of 

experience 

1. Physicians 1 M.B.B.S 10years 

2. Nurses 6 

3. Midwives 6 

4. Lab. Scientist 1 

5. Radiographers 0 

6. Anesthetists 0 

7. Record Clerk 1 

8. Pharmacist 1 

9 Others 

3-49


Table 3.42: Equipment recorded and their functioning at Oben Cottage Hospital 

No. Equipment Responses 

1 Consulting table and chairs Three (3) 

2. Examination couch One (1) 

3. Disposable needless and syringes 4 dozens each 

4. Disposable suture kits One dozen 

5. Methods for sterilization Not functioning 

6. Refrigerators Two (2) 

7. Medical waste disposal methods - 

8. X-ray facilities One (1) not working 

9. ECG Nil 

10. Ultrasound Nile 

11. Laboratory facilities Not working 

12. Pharmacy (WHO Essential Drug 

List Available, List) 

13 No of beds 20 

14 Laundry facilities Yes 

15. Catering facilities Yes 

16. Operating theatre Yes (one) not fully in use 

Logistics 

17. Accessibility of the health 

institution (average radial distance 

of the center from the members of 

the community 

3-50 

Nil 

Yes 

18. Communication Telephone/radio None 

19. Hospital Ambulance Yes 

20. Average daily clinic attendance Minimum 10, maximum 60 

21. Common diseases treated Malaria, cough, sores/injuries, 

Hospital building 

22. Clean consultation room Yes 

23. Clean waiting room Yes 

24. Treatment/minor procedures room Yes 

25. Privacy rooms No 

Dysentery/Diarrhoea and 

Rheumatism etc


26. Clean running water/hand 

washing facilities 

3-51 

Yes 

27. Toilet Yes 

28. Good light Yes 

29. Good ventilation (or AC) Yes 

30. Insect screens 

Administration 

31 Appointment system Yes 

32. Health records Yes 

33. Security Yes 

34. Confidentiality Yes 

35. Scale of changes 

36. Cleaning and maintenance routine Yes 

3.4.8 Focus Group Discussions on Health Issues and Community Concerns 

Information on Knowledge, Attitude and Practices on health issues in the community 

were discussed at the Group Assembly Discussions held separately with the elders, 

youths and women and the results are summarized below in Table 3.43. 

The discussions revealed that the inhabitants knew very well the nature and causes of 

the common diseases / ailments e.g. malaria, dysentery, body pains etc. they generally 

suffer. They also knew how such diseases can be prevented or controlled but their major 

constraint is their poor financial status (poverty) and lack of good medical care facility in 

the community. For the same reason most people resort to self-medication, buy drugs or 

obtain herbs when sick. Most pregnant women go to Traditional Birth Attendants (TBAs) 

to deliver babies rather than go to the hospitals. 

The inhabitants also claimed that children particularly those under 10 years of age die 

more in the community than the teenagers and adults. This, according to them is due to 

lack of proper medical care and self-medication practices. They claimed that people only 

go to hospitals when the sickness is very serious and complicated and after self 

medication has failed. 

On environmental issues on health, the people agreed that although there is regular 

good source of borehole water, other environmental conditions such as poor toilet 

facilities (pit latrine or bush), lack of electricity supply (which has broken down for over 2 

years now) and poor waste disposal methods (open dumping). Flooding and erosion, 

poor housing and poor personal hygiene, all contributed to poor health in the community.


Table 3.43: Group Assembly Discussion on Health Issues 

No Health Issues Raised Response Obtained 

1 Name 5 most common diseases Malaria, Dysentery, Cough, Body pains, 

Sores/injuries. 

2. What causes Malaria diseases Mosquito bites 

3. What 

Dysentry/Diarrhoea 

causes 

4 What causes Body pains/ 

5. 

Rheumatism 

Do you know how to prevent 

these diseases? 

6. When are these disease 

7. 

common in the year 

The most important cause of 

death in the common among 

(a) Children……………… 

(b) Adults 

8. How many deaths in the last one 

year 

(a) whole community 

(b) Children under 5 years 

(c) Adult women of child 

bearing age 

9. Where do women deliver babies 

in the community 

10. Any complication or deaths 

11. 

during deliver in the last 12 

months 

What is the average life span in 

the community 

Adult males 

Adult females 

Life style/ Habits 

Bad water and food 

Hard work 

Yes. Mosquitoes by using insecticides or mosquito 

nets 

Dysentery by good sanitary habits and Body pains by 

reduction in manual labour 

Mostly in the Raining season and planting season 

Malaria 

Fever and Hypertension or stress 

Iguelaba (11) Oben ( 13), Ikobi ( 17), and Obozogbe 

Nugu (16) 

Iguelaba ( 3), Oben ( 3), Ikobi ( 7), Obozogbe nugu ( 

4) 

Iguelaba ( 2) Oben ( 2), Ikobi ( 2), and Obozogbe 

Nugu( 3) 

About 80% women use TBA’s while only about 20% 

go to the hospital. 

Nil 

80-85 years (Average 82 years) 

80-90 years (Average 85 years) 

12. What are the common types of Yam, Eba, Rice, Plantain, starch, Banga soup, Egusi 

food eaten in the community soup, Beans, Cocoyam, Bush meat and fish. 

13. Is there any food taboos Yes. Crickets and meats of Dogs Puff Adder and 

Python snake are forbidden in the community 

14 What is the alcohol drinking About 80% of Adult males drink alcohols mostly beer 

habit in the community 

and local gin,. About 40% drink excessively. Male to 

female ratio in alcohol consumption is 8:1 

15. What is the smoking habit in the About 60% of adult males smoke cigarette or take 

community 

snuff. No female agreed to be smoking. Some youths 

are said to smoke Indian hemp. 

16. What is the level of prostitution Prostitute not officially known but a very few women 


are said to be involved. 

3-52


17. What is the status of sexually 

Transmitted Infections 

STIs are very rare in the communities 

18. What about HIV/AIDS No case of AIDS recorded but everybody (10%) is 

aware of the disease and its causes 

19. What are the sexual habits in the Members of the community arise polygamous, highly 

community 

promiscuous and highly sexually active. Most youths 

give birth by the age of 15-17yrs. 

20 What is the common leisure People get body exercise through manual labour and 

activity 

Personal Hygiene Practices 

activities, riding of bicycles and other domestic 

activities. Youths play football;; and other indoor 

games 

21. What is the source of drinking 

water ? 

The borehole water 

22. Do you treat the water before 

drinking 

Nil 

23 Do you wash hands before and 

after eating 

Yes 

24. Do you wash hands after About 90% do so while the rest mostly children do not. 

25. 

defecating? 

Do you bathe every day Yes 

26. Do you sweep your house 

everyday 

Yes 

27. Do you sweep the surroundings About 70% do sp wile the rest do not but sweep at 

everyday 

least once a week 

Environmental 

conditions 

living 

28. What type of refuse is generated Food left overs, pealings of food crops, garden 


wastes, litters from homes and kitchens, cellophane 

bags etc. 

29 How is the refuse stored They are dumped at specific sites in the surroundings. 

30. How is the refuse disposed They are burnt or buried after accumulating for a 

period of about 3 weeks to 1 months 

31. What is the method of sewage 

disposal 

Usage of pit latrines or the bush 

32 Is there drainage in the Nil 

33 

community 

Do the communities get flooded Yes particularly at Iguelaba, Oben and Ikobi 

or water logged in the rainy 

season 

communities 

34. What is the source of the 

flooding 

Rainwater 

35. What are the health facilities in 

the community 

One cottage hospital and Drug stores 

36. Do you have the following 

vectors of diseases in your 

community 

Yes 

(a) Housefly……………. Yes 

(b) Cockroach 

Yes 

(c) Mosquitoes 

Yes 

3-53


(d) Lice 

(e) Black fly 

(f) Tse tse fly 

(g) Rats/Mice 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

37 What are the domestic animals Dogs, fowls (chicken) sheep, goats and ducks. 

About the Gas Development 

Project 

38 Do members of the community 

think that the Gas project will 

cause any health problems in 

the communities 

Most respondents in the FGD were ambivalent. The 

responses were 50% yes and 50% No 

39. If yes, what are the problems Gas may leak into the air causing Air pollution and 

wild outbreak of fire 

40. How do you think these Proper construction of good pipes carrying the gas 

problems can be minimized and proper education/enlightenment of members of 

the community on the dangers 

41. What do you see as the benefits It will reduce gas flaring and pollution of the 

of the gas project 

environment. It is also likely to bring about 

developments in the communities and create more job 

opportunities. 

42. What are the five most important (1) Hospital with staff, drugs and health facilities 

health needs of your (2) Water 

communities 

(3) Electricity to be rehabilitated 

(4) Health centres extended to other far away 

communities like Iguelaba, Ikobi, and 

43. What are the other community 

Obozogbe nugu. 

(5) Provision of free leisure and sporting facilities. 

(1) Good market 

concerns 

(2) Good schools 

(3) Community empowerment schemes to 

overcome poverty and economic problems e.g 

micro-credit scheme and establishment of 

small-scale industries. 

(4) Scholarship and education for youths 

(5) Job opportunities for the youths particularly in 

the oil industries. 

3-54


Plate 4 Group Assembly Discussions on Health Issues 

3-55

Chapter Four Associated and Potential Environmental Impacts 

CHAPTER FOUR 

ASSOCIATED AND POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS 

4.1 General 

Projects, such as facility upgrade, gas well drilling and flowlines construction are usually associated with 

potential impacts on the biophysical, social and health components of the environment. 

The objectives of the assessment are to identify and describe the potential environmental impacts 

associated with the proposed WDGSP/WAGP Oben activities, predict the likelihood and magnitudes of 

such impacts, evaluate the significance of changes likely to result from them, and thereafter proffer 

measures that will be taken to mitigate the predicted impacts. 

4.2 Impact Prediction Methodology 

The assessment of the potential environmental impacts of the project was undertaken by means of the 

environmental, social and health assessment tool designed by Shell Global Solutions, Netherlands. The 

process included impact identification, description and rating (a term that includes the prediction of 

magnitude, consequence and significance of impacts). The EIA process does not only consider 

interactions between impacts of the various project activities and sensitivities (components of the 

environment), but also includes the interactions among the sensitivities. It is therefore an all-inclusive 

process. 

4.3 Rating of impacts 

There are six stages in the rating of an impact. The sequence of events in the rating of impacts is 

illustrated as follows: 

STAGE 1: Description: 

Five characteristics 

Positive/negative 

Direct/indirect 

Duration: 

Permanent (long 

term)/temporary (short 

term) 

Magnitude: local 

or widespread 

Reversible or 

irreversible 

STAGE 4: 

Degree of Significance 

of Impact 

Four degrees of 

significance: 

Major 

Moderate 

Minor 

Negligible 

STAGE 2: 

Qualification: Likelihood 

Five ratings: 

High probability 80- 

100% (very likely) 

Medium high 

probability 60-80% (likely) 

Medium probability 

40-60% (possible impact) 

Medium low 

probability 20-40% 

(unlikely) 

Low probability 0- 

20% (very unlikely) 

STAGE 5: 

Impact Table 

Lists each impact, 

its sources and its 

rating 

4-1 

STAGE 3: 

Qualification: Potential 

Consequence: 

Five rating definitions, for 

environment, social, health 

and corporate image 

(see text) 

Extreme 

Great 

Considerable 

Little 

Hardly Any 

STAGE 6: 

Impact Text 

Describes each 

impact, its 

sources and its 

rating


The details of the procedures for the EIA process are as follows: 

Once an impact has been identified, it is described and a rating ascribed. 

Stage 1: Description of impact 

The following characteristics are used to describe each impact: 

• Positive/negative (beneficial/adverse) 

• Direct/indirect (directly/via intermediate factors that influence the determinants of an impact). 

• Duration: Permanent (long term)/temporary (short term) 

• Magnitude: local or widespread 

• Reversibility/irreversibility: can the impact revert to previous condition or does it remain permanent? 

Once each impact has been described, a rating is allocated. 

Stages 2 and 3: Qualification of Impact. 

This is based on two assessment characteristics: 

Stage 2: Likelihood of occurrence – this is an assessment of the probability of the effect happening. 

Stage 3: Potential consequence – this is the actual result and scale that an effect might have. 

The application of each of the two characteristics is described in Tables 4.1 and 4.2. 

Table 4.1: Likelihood of occurrence 

Impact probability Likelihood Frequency 

High probability (80-100%) A very likely impact Very frequent impacts 

Medium high probability (60-80%) A likely impact Frequent impacts 

Medium probability (40-60%) A possible impact Occasional impact 

Medium low probability (20-40%) An unlikely impact Few impacts 

Low probability (0-20%) A very unlikely impact Rare impacts 

Table 4.2: Potential consequence 

Potential Consequence Effect 

Extreme consequence A massive effect 

Great consequence A big effect 

Considerable consequence A substantial effect 

Little consequence A slight effect 

Hardly any consequence A trivial effect 

The potential consequence of an impact depends on two things: the magnitude of the potential changes 

to the environment, caused by a hazard, and the level of sensitivity of the receiving environment. This 

is depicted in Table 4.3 

4-2


Table 4.3: Potential consequences classification matrix 

Magnitude of Effect 

Receptor sensitivity Low change Medium change High change 

Low Trivial effect Slight effect Substantial effect 

Medium Slight effect 

High Substantial effect 

Substantial effect 

Big effect 

4-3 

Big effect 

Massive effect 

The definitions for the potential consequence of environmental, social and health impacts are as 

follows: 

Definitions for the potential consequence of environmental impacts 

Hardly any: Effect on the biophysical environment (physical: noise, light, air; geochemical: water, soil; 

and biological: flora and fauna) that may cause temporary and/or sub-lethal effects on 

individual plants and animals. Does not cause any effect on population structure or size. 

Causes only temporary and/or minor disruption to habitats and ecosystems. 

Little: Effect on the biophysical environment that may cause small impacts with few losses of 

individual plants and animals and some adverse effects on population structure and size. 

May cause some degradation of habitat and ecosystem quality. 

Considerable: Effect on the biophysical environment that may cause long term loss of plant and/or 

animal species; local and temporary damage to habitats and dysfunction of communities and 

ecosystems. 

Great: Effect on the biophysical environment that may cause permanent loss of plant and/or animal 

species, resulting in local extinction of flora and fauna; permanent loss of small areas of 

habitat and ecosystems. 

Extreme: Effect on the biophysical environment that may cause permanent loss of whole populations of 

plant and/or animals, with widespread extinctions; widespread and permanent loss of habitats; 

and whole communities and ecosystems. 

Definitions for the potential consequence of social impacts 

Hardly any: A trivial effect on the social environment, which causes almost no nuisance or damage in 

the community. The local culture and lifestyle as well as the social infrastructure are 

somewhat negatively affected, but the effect is only temporary. The impact could result in 

some disagreement with stakeholder groups, but relationships are likely to remain strong. 

Little: A slight effect on the social environment that causes temporary changes in the way of life of 

the community. The local culture and societal structure is negatively affected. There is 

disagreement with stakeholder groups but the relationship remains fairly strong. 

Considerable: A substantial effect on the social environment. The way of life in the community is 

disrupted and fundamental disagreement with stakeholder groups has arisen. There is a 

breakdown of trust between the company and its stakeholders although relationships have 

remained stable. A single stakeholder group might have started campaigning against the 

company.


Great: A big effect on the social environment. There is permanent disruption to communal lifestyle. 

The local culture and the societal structure suffer greatly. There is now a fundamental 

disagreement between the company and its stakeholders that destabilizes the companystakeholder 

relationship. This may affect the speed and effectiveness of future decisionmaking 

processes. 

Extreme: A massive effect on the social environment. There is sustained large disruption of and 

changes to the lifestyle of a community leading to a reduction in quality of life. Impacts have 

become a concern for all stakeholder groups, irreversible damage to social structure, 

traditional culture, and infrastructure and total breakdown of stakeholder relationships. 

Definitions for the potential consequence of health impacts 

Hardly any: These are mere nuisances, not affecting work performance or causing disability, e.g. 

non-toxic dusts (as an acute hazard), short time sleep disturbance. There is no need to see 

medical services or a doctor. These health effects will disappear. 

Little: Illnesses that will need the attention of medical services/doctor. They need only a few days to 

fully recover and will not have led to chronic diseases, e.g., colds, chicken pox, skin infections 

and irritants, or many food poisoning bacteria. 

Considerable: Diseases (agents) capable of irreversible health damage causing permanent partial 

disability without loss of life. These health effects will need prolonged continuous or 

intermittent medical attention. e.g., hypertension, obesity, noise induced hearing loss, chronic 

back injuries caused by poor manual handling tasks or inactivity, chronic infections (like sexual 

transmitted diseases, schistosomiasis, hepatitis A), chronic skin diseases or respiratory 

system diseases like asthma caused by external agents and stress. 

Great: Permanent total disability or low number of fatalities: diseases capable of irreversible damage 

with serious disability. Low infectious communicable diseases like Ebola, SARS, Avian Flu, 

parasitic diseases (sleeping sickness), alcoholism and drug abuse, road traffic accidents, 

cancer caused by known human carcinogens (small exposed population), malnutrition, heat 

stroke, severe psychological stress leading to suicide. 

Extreme: Multiple fatalities: diseases with the potential to cause multiple fatalities: highly infectious 

diseases like tuberculosis, hepatitis B, HIV/AIDS, parasitic diseases as malaria, diseases 

caused by acute toxins (hydrogen sulphide, carbon monoxide), cancers caused by human 

carcinogens (large exposed population). 

Stage 4: Degree of significance 

Table 4.4 shows the impact significance with associated impact rating. 

4-4


Table 4.4: Degree of Impact Significance 

Impact Significance Impact Rating 

Major significance Major impact 

Moderate significance Moderate impact 

Minor significance Minor impact 

Negligible significance Negligible impact 

Stage 5: Impact Assessment Matrix 

The potential impacts were evaluated using the Impact Assessment Matrix shown in Table 4.5 

Likelihood Positive 

High 

Medium high 

Medium 

Medium low 

Low 

Table 4.5: Impact Assessment Matrix 

Hardly any 

Moderate 

Minor 

Minor 

Negligible 

Negligible 

Potential consequences 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Minor 

Minor 

Negligible 

Negative 

Little Considerable 

Major 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Minor 

Minor 

After the rating for each impact, the determination of mitigation measures followed. 

From the Table above, only moderate and major impacts were considered for impact mitigation. 

Continuous improvement practices will address low impacts. The positive impacts shall be monitored 

and enhanced when expedient. 

4.4 Impact Identification 

The environmental sensitivities likely to be affected by the activities of the proposed WDGSP/WAGP 

Oben included the following: 

1. Access to a nutritious and healthy diet 

2. Increased age disparity 

3. Ethnic balance 

4. Access to clean drinking water 

5. Quality of habitat 

6. Functioning of family structure and traditional institute 

7. Healthy and clean housing and living conditions 

8. Surface water quality 

9. Air quality 

10. Light/Solar radiation 

11. Level of noise and sound 

12. Groundwater table/quality 

13. Soil quality 

14. Household water quality 

4-5 

Great 

Major 

Major 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Minor 

Extreme 

Major 

Major 

Major 

Moderate 

Moderate


15. Access to household water 

16. Availability of forest 

17. Availability of markets for forestry products 

18. Access to farmlands 

19. Availability of markets for agricultural products 

20. Biodiversity/Genetic resource 

21. Access to communication facilities 

22. Rain forest complex 

23. Farmland complex 

24. Sense of place/well being /aesthetic value 

25. Traditional value of land 

26. Access to ancestral and culturally significant sites 

27. Traditional occupations 

28. Level of income and financial flows 

29. Cost of living and inflation 

30. Opportunities for contracting and procurement 

31. Opportunities for local and national employment 

32. Access to housing 

33. Access to transport 

34. Access to roads 

35. Access to electricity 

36. Access to learning and education facilities 

37. Access to recreational facilities 

38. Access to sanitation and waste management facilities 

39. Exposure to nuisance (dust, noise etc.) 

40. Level of disease vectors 

41. Exposure to STIs/HIV/AIDS 

42. Mortality rate 

43. Morbidity rate 

44. Physical activity 

45. Hygiene 

46. Exposure to commercial sex workers 

47. Access to primary health care 

48. Access to secondary health care 

49. Access to traditional medicine 

50. Access to emergency services 

51. Respect for human rights 

52. Promoting equal opportunities 

53. Promoting opportunities for representation 

54. Social exclusion abatement 

55. Poverty alleviation 

56. Bees, snakes, scorpions, wild life attack/poisonous plants contact 

57. Balance in gender 

58. Functioning of government services 

59. Third party agitation (communities, NGO, CBO, etc.) 

60. Lifestyle 

61. Alcohol and drugs abuse/violence 

62. Access to voluntary health organisations 

63. Morals and family values 

64. Cultural values and languages 

65. Religious/Traditional structures and customs 

66. Religious balance 

4-6


67. Exposure to traffic accidents 

A diligent application of the criteria in the EIA system for the identification and management of impacts 

associated with the different phases (construction, drilling, operations and decommissioning) of the 

WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field involves: 

The production of project activities and environmental sensitivities matrix 

Determination of associated and potential impacts 

Mitigation measures 

Management plans 

4.4.1 Project activities and sensitivities interaction matrix 

The results of the evaluation of the interactions between the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field activities 

and the above listed environmental sensitivities on the one hand and the interactions between the 

sensitivities on the other hand are shown in Tables 4.6 for the construction, operations, flowlines 

installation, and decommissioning phases respectively. The figures in each table represent the 

identified sensitivities that could be impacted by the corresponding project activity or affected sensitivity. 

4.4.2 Determination of environmental impacts 

The impacts of the proposed WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field activities on the biophysical, social and 

health components of the environment were identified and appropriate mitigating measures proffered. 

The results of the impact assessment are presented in Tables 4.6 a, b, c and d. 

The identified negative impacts were rated as minor, moderate and major. Beneficial impacts arising 

from the project were rated as positive and were therefore not further classified. 

4-7


Table 4.6a: Associated and Potential Impacts (CONSTRUCTION/DRILLING) 

S/N 

Project Activities Sensitivities 

Impact 

code 

Impact 

1 Mobilisation (1.1 – 1.3) 8, 12, 24, 15, 27, 30, A1 Increased vehicular 

31, 33, 34, 36, 38, 7, 

movement and road 

4, 1, 40, 42, 43, 45, 

47, 48, 49, 55, 59 

traffic accidents 

A2 

A3 

A4 

4-8 

Reduction of soil quality 

Increased pressure on 

existing infrastructure 

(health, housing, 

transport, sanitation and 

waste management etc ) 

due increased population 

Increase in employment/ 

contract opportunities 

Type of 

impact 

E H S 

E 

SH 

S 

Description Likelihood Consequence Rating 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short term 

• Local 

• Reversible 

• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


• Direct 

• Positive 


• Local 


• 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Little 

Little 

Little 

Little 

Minor 

Minor 

Minor 

Minor


S/N Project Activities Sensitivities 

1 Water Supply (1.1-1.2) 8, 12, 24, 15, 27, 30, 

31, 33, 34, 36, 38, 7, 

4, 1, 40, 42, 43, 45, 

47, 48, 49, 55, 59 

2 Supply of food & other 

consumables (2.1) 

8, 12, 14,15, 27, 30, 

31, 33, 34, 38, 7, 1, 

40, 43, 44, 45, 47, 48, 

49, 59 

E = Environment; S = Social; H = Health. 

1 Positive impact not classified further into minor, moderate and major. 

Impact 

code 

A1 

A2 

A3 

A4 

4-9 

Impact 

Pressure on available 

water for domestic use 

and other water related 

activities 

Opportunity for 

contracting 

Pressure on available 

food 


contracting 

Type of 

impact 

E, H, S 

S 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Positive 


• Widesprea 

d 


E, H, S • Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Positive 

• Short 

term 

• Widespre 

ad 

• Reversibl 

e 

High 

High 

High 

High 

Hardly any 

Positive 

Little 

Positive 

Moderate 

Positive 1 

Moderate 

Positive



3 Supply of construction 

equipment & materials (3.1 

– 3.2) 

23, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 

32, 33, 34, 38, 55, 59 

Impact 

code 

A5 

A6 

A7 

A8 

4-10 

Impact 

Opportunities for 

contracting and 

employment 

Disturbance of ecosystem 

in the event of chemical 

spills 

Increased cost of living 

Pressure on existing 

roads 

Type of 

impact 

S 

ESH 

S, H 

S 


• Direct 

• Positive 


• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


High 

Low 

Medium 

Medium 

high 

Positive 

Little 

Little 

Considerable 

Positive 

Negligible 

Minor 

Moderate


S/N 


Impact 

code 

Impact 

4 Energy Requirement (4.1) 9, 35 A9 Emission of noxious 

gases to atmosphere 

4-11 

Type of 

impact 

EH 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


Medium 

high 

Little Moderate



5 Labour requirement (5.1) 24, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 

32, 35, 36, 37, 2, 3, 6, 

7, 4, 40, 41, 43, 44, 

47, 48, 51, 52, 54, 59, 

64 

Impact 

code 

A10 

A11 

A12 

A13 

4-12 

Impact 

Increased employment, 

services and income 


infrastructure (health, 

facilities) 

Increased social vices 

Third party agitation 

Type of 

impact 

S, H 

S, H 

S, H 

S, H 


• Direct 

• Positive 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term / 

long term 

• Local/ 

widesprea 

d 


/Irreversible 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


High 

Medium 

High 

High 

Medium 

High 

Positive 

Great 

Great 

Great 

Positive 

Major 

Major 

Major



6 Site Preparation (6.1 ) 

Vegetation Clearing 

9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 

15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 

22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 

27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 33, 

34, 38, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 

1, 39, 40, 43, 44, 45, 

46, 49, 50, 55, 59 

Impact 

code 

A14 

A17 

A15 

A16 

4-13 

Impact 

Increased level of disease 

vectors (mosquitoes etc.) 

Destruction of vegetation 

(medicinal, economic and 

food) 

Loss of habitat for wildlife, 

microorganisms etc. 

Exposure of field workers/ 

community members to 

attacks by poisonous 

snakes, bees, spiders, 

scorpions/other wildlife 

and contact with 

poisonous plants. 

Type of 

impact 

H 

E 

ESH 

H, S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long 

term 

• Local 

• Irreversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long 

term 

• Local 


e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


/ irreversible 

• Reversibl 

e 

Medium 

High 

High 

Medium low 

Little 

Great 

Great 

Great 

Minor 

Major 

Major 

Moderate





9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 

15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 

22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 

27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 33, 

34, 38, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 

1, 39, 40, 43, 44, 45, 

46, 49, 50, 55, 59 

Impact 

code 

A18 

A19 

A20 

4-14 

Impact 

Traditional occupation 

(farming, hunting) could 

be adversely affected. 

Increased erosion of the 

cleared area 

Increased access for 

hunting and logging 

Type of 

impact 

S,H 

E 

E, S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long 

term 

• Local 


/ irreversible 

• Reversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

(E)/ 

• Positive 

(S) 

• Long 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Considerable 

(E) 

Positive (S) 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Moderate 

(E) 

Positive (S)





9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 

15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 

22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 

27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 33, 

34, 38, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 

1, 39, 40, 43, 44, 45, 

46, 49, 50, 55, 59 

Impact 

code 

A21 

A22 

A23 

4-15 

Impact 


Opportunities for 

employment 

Nuisance (noise, 

emissions, vibrations) 

from heavy machinery 

Type of 

impact 

S, H 

S,H 

ESH 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Positive 

• Short 

term 

• Widespre 

ad 

• Reversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

Medium 

high 

High 

Medium 

high 

Great 

Positive 

Considerable 

Major 

Positive 

Moderate



7 Construction and drilling 

(7.1- 7.3) 

Contractors Camps, 

flowlines, gas well 

9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 5, 

20, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 

29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 

35, 38, 2, 3, 4, 6, 39, 

43, 44, 51, 55, 59 

Impact 

code 

A24 

A25 

A26 

A27 

4-16 

Impact 

Disturbance of soil 

dwelling organisms 


existing infrastructure 

(health, housing, 

transport, sanitation and 

waste management etc ) 

due increased population 

Reduction in the quality of 

surface and groundwater 

Increase in employment/ 

contract opportunities 

Type of 

impact 

E 

H, S 

E 

S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Positive 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


High 

Medium 

High 

Medium 

High 

Great 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Positive 

Major 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Positive




(7.1- 7.3) 



9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 5, 

20, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 

29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 

35, 38, 2, 3, 4, 6, 39, 

43, 44, 51, 55, 59 

Impact 

code 

A28 

A29 

A30 

A31 

4-17 

Impact 

Increased social vices, 

drug abuse, CSW, 

teenage pregnancies 

Shift from traditional 

occupations to other 

activities 

Increased in population 

leading to diffusion of 

culture and traditions 

Increased in cost of 

living/inflation 

Type of 

impact 

S 

S 

S 

S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Positive 

• Short 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

Medium 

High 

Medium 

High 

Medium 

Medium 

Great 

Positive 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Major 

Positive 

Moderate 

Moderate




(7.1- 7.3) 



9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 5, 

20, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 

29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 

35, 38, 2, 3, 4, 6, 39, 

43, 44, 51, 55, 59 

Impact 

code 

A32 

A33 

A34 

A35 

4-18 

Impact 


Increased nuisance from 

dust, emissions, noise 

and vibration etc 

Increased potential for 

road traffic accidents 

Consequence of 

corporate reputation 

Type of 

impact 

S 

ESH 

S, H 

S 


• Indirect 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


e 

• Indirect 

• Negative 

• Long 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


Medium 

High 

Medium 

Medium 

Considerable 

Great 

Great 

Extreme 

Moderate 

Major 

Moderate 

Major



8 Waste generation – 

Emissions (8.1 – 8.2) 

9, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 

19, 5, 20, 22, 23, 24, 

38, 4, 7, 39, 43, 45, 

47, 48, 49, 51, 59 

Impact 

code 

A36 

A37 

A38 

4-19 

Impact 

Impairment of air quality 

Increased morbidity for 

upper respiratory tract 

infections (RTI) 

Decreased quality of 

habitat (biodiversity) 

Type of 

impact 

ESH 

H, S 

E, S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widespre 

ad 

• Reversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

High 

Medium 

Medium 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Major 

Moderate 

Moderate





9, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 

19, 5, 20, 22, 23, 24, 

38, 4, 7, 39, 43, 45, 

47, 48, 49, 51, 59 

Impact 

code 

A39 

A40 

4-20 

Impact 


Impaired surface water 

Type of 

impact 

S 

E 


• Indirect 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widespre 

ad 

• Reversibl 

e 

Medium 

Medium 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Moderate 

Moderate





9, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 

19, 5, 20, 22, 23, 24, 

38, 4, 7, 39, 43, 45, 

47, 48, 49, 51, 59 

Impact 

code 

A41 

A42 

A43 

A44 

4-21 

Impact 

Contamination of surface 

water quality 

Decline in income 

generation from 

traditional occupations 

Increased morbidity, 

pressure on existing 

health care facilities 


Type of 

impact 

ESH 

S, E 

SH 

S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


High 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Little 

Extreme 

Major 

Moderate 

Minor 

Major




Effluent (9.1 – 9.3) 

5, 8, 13, 20, 25, 38, 

40, 43, 45, 47, 49, 50, 

59 

Impact 

code 

A45 

A46 

A47 

A48 

A49 

4-22 

Impact 


Poor sanitary conditions 

and hygiene 


water 

Impairment of health of 

aquatic and terrestrial life 


pressure on health care 

facilities 

Type of 

impact 

S 

H 

ESH 

ES 

HS 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Extreme 

Little 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Little 

Major 

Minor 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Minor




Effluent (9.1 – 9.3) 

5, 8, 13, 20, 25, 38, 

40, 43, 45, 47, 49, 50, 

59 

Impact 

code 

A50 

A51 

4-23 

Impact 


vectors (mosquitoes) 

Nuisance from obnoxious 

odour 

Type of 

impact 

HS 

ESH 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


Medium 

Medium 

Considerable 

Hardly any 

Moderate 

Minor



10 Waste generation –Solids 

(10.1 – 10.3) 

8, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 

17, 18, 19, 5, 20, 22, 

23, 24, 25, 27, 30, 31, 

33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 7, 

4, 1, 39, 40, 43, 45, 

47, 48, 49, 51, 55, 56, 

59 

Impact 

code 

A52 

A53 

A54 

A55 

A56 

A57 

4-24 

Impact 

Increased income from 

opportunities for 

employment and 

contracting 



and hygiene 


water 


terrestrial life 



facilities 

Type of 

impact 

S 

S 

H 

ESH 

ES 

HS 


• Direct 

• Positive 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

High 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Positive 

Extreme 

Little 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Little 

Positive 

Major 

Minor 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Minor



10 Waste generation –Solids 

(10.1 – 10.3) 

8, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 

17, 18, 19, 5, 20, 22, 

23, 24, 25, 27, 30, 31, 

33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 7, 

4, 1, 39, 40, 43, 45, 

47, 48, 49, 51, 55, 56, 

59 

11 Generator use (11.1) 9, 11, 31, 35, 37, 38, 

2, 1, 3, 4, 43, 50, 55, 

59 

Impact 

code 

A58 

A59 

A60 

A61 

4-25 

Impact 


vectors (mosquitoes, rats, 

roaches, flies etc) 


odour 

Hearing impairment from 

noise generation 

Improved access to 

electricity 

Type of 

impact 

HS 

ESH 

H 

S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 

• Reversibl 

e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


e 

• Direct 

• Positive 

• Long 

term 

• Local 


Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Considerable 

Hardly any 

Considerable 

Positive 

Moderate 

Minor 

Moderate 

Positive



12 Generation of nuisance – 

Noise, vibration & lighting 

(12.1 – 12.5) 

11, 5, 20, 24, 37, 2, 7, 

39, 42, 47, 48, 49, 51, 

59 

Impact 

code 

A62 

A63 

A64 

A65 

4-26 

Impact 

Habitat disruption and 

human discomfort 


health facilities 

Third Party agitation 

Impairment of hearing 

Type of 

impact 

ESH 

SH 

S 

HS 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


e 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Little 

Little 

Extreme 

Considerable 

Minor 

Minor 

Major 

Moderate



13 Incidents (13.1 – 13.2) 9, 12, 1, 14, 15, 16, 

17, 18, 19, 5, 20, 22, 

23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, 

30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 

37, 38, 7, 4, 1, 39, 40, 

42, 43, 45, 47, 48, 49, 

50, 51, 55, 59 

Impact 

code 

A66 

A67 

A68 

A69 

4-27 

Impact 


water 



Increased opportunity for 

employment and 

contracting 

Decrease in income 

generation from reduced 


Type of 

impact 

ESH 

E, S 

S 

S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Positive 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


Medium 

Medium 

High 

Medium 

Little 

Considerable 

Positive 

Considerable 

Minor 

Moderate 

Positive 

Moderate



13 Incidents (13.1 – 13.2) 9, 12, 1, 14, 15, 16, 

17, 18, 19, 5, 20, 22, 

23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, 

30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 

37, 38, 7, 4, 1, 39, 40, 

42, 43, 45, 47, 48, 49, 

50, 51, 55, 59 

Impact 

code 

A70 

A71 

A72 

A73 

A74 

4-28 

Impact 

Increased morbidity and 

mortality rate 


health care and 

emergency response 

facilities 


Loss of assets and 

properties 

Effects on corporate 

reputation 

Type of 

impact 

HS 

HS 

S 

S 

S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long 

term 

• Local 


e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

High 

High 

Extreme 

Considerable 

Extreme 

Extreme 

Extreme 

Major 

Moderate 

Major 

Major 

Major



14 Decommissioning (14.1 – 

14.3) 

9, 10, 11, 1, 20, 28, 

30, 31, 32, 38, 39, 40, 

41, 63, 44, 51, 53, 54, 

55, 59 

Impact 

code 

A75 

A76 

4-29 

Impact 


arising from labour and 

human rights issues (loss 

of permanent and 

temporary employment) 

Increased in employment 

and contracting 

opportunities 

Type of 

impact 

S 

S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widespre 

ad 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widespre 

ad 

• Reversibl 

e 

High 

High 

Considerable 

Positive 

Major 

Positive



14 Decommissioning (14.1 – 

14.3) 

9, 10, 11, 1, 20, 28, 

30, 31, 32, 38, 39, 40, 

41, 63, 44, 51, 53, 54, 

55, 59 

Impact 

code 

A77 

A78 

A79 

A80 

A81 

4-30 

Impact 


health care facilities 

Increased accidents and 

injuries 

Contamination of soils 

and surface water 

Deterioration of air quality 

from dust generation 

Pressure on road 

transport 

Type of 

impact 

SH 

SH 

EH 

ESH 

S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long 

term 

• Local 


e 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Widesprea 

d 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short 

term 

• Local 


Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Considerable 

Great 

Great 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Moderate


Table 4.6b: Associated and Potential Impacts (OPERATIONS) 

S/N 


Impact 

Impact 

code 

15 Maintenance of 

acquired land (15.1) 

16, 17, 18, 19, 5, 

20, 24, 27, 28, 29, 

30, 31, 33, 34, 36, 

37, 39, 40, 43, 44, 

45, 47, 49, 50, 55, 

56, 59 

B1 

B2 

B3 

B4 

4-31 

Increased opportunities for 

employment /contract 

Improved access to forest and 

farm lands 

Improved corporate reputation 

Exposure of workers to attack by 

poisonous snakes, bees, 

scorpions, other wild animals and 

contact with poisonous plants 

Type 

of 

impact 

S, H 

S H 

S 

H 


• Positive 

• Direct 

• Long-term 


• Local 

• Positive 

• Direct 

• Long-term 


• Local 

• Positive 

• Direct 

• Long-term 


• Local 

• Negative 

• Direct 

• Long-term 


• Local 

High 

Medium 

High 

Medium 

Medium 

Great 

Positive 

Positive 

Positive 

Positive 

Positive 

Positive 

Major


S/N Project 

Activities 

16 Water 

Supply 

(16.1) 

Sensitivities Impact 

code 

8, 12, 24, 15, B5 

27, 30, 31, 

33, 34, 36, 

38, 7, 4, 1, 

40, 42, 43, 

45, 47, 48, 

49, 55, 59 B6 

Impact 

Pressure on available water for 

domestic use and other water 

related activities 

Opportunity for contracting 

4-32 

Type of 

impact 

EHS 

S 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Widespread 


• Direct 

• Positive 



Reversible 

High 

High 

Hardly any 

Positive 

Moderate 

Positive


S/N Project 

Activities 

17 Supply of 

operational 

equipment & 

materials 

(17.1 – 17.3) 

18 Energy 

Requirement 

(18.1) 


code 

23, 27, 28, B7 

29, 30, 31, 

32, 33, 34, 

38, 55, 59 

B8 

B9 

B10 

Impact 

Opportunities for contracting and 

employment 

Disturbance of ecosystem in the 

event of chemical spills 


Increased road traffic 

9, 35 B11 Emission of noxious gases to the 

atmosphere 

4-33 

Type of 

impact 

S 

ESH 

S, H 

S 


• Direct 

• Positive 




• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


EH • Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


High 

Low 

Medium 

Medium 

high 

Medium 

high 

Positive 

Little 

Little 

Considerable 

Positive 

Negligible 

Minor 

Moderate 

Little Moderate


S/N Project 

Activities 

19 Labour 

requirement 

(19.1) 


code 

24, 27, 28, 29, B12 

30, 31, 32, 35, 

36, 37, 2, 3, 6, 

7, 4, 40, 41, 

43, 44, 47, 48, 

51, 52, 54, 59, 

64 

B13 

B14 

B15 

Impact 

Increased employment, services and 

Income 

Pressure on existing infrastructure 

(health facilities) 

Increased social vices 


4-34 

Type of 

impact 

S, H 

S, H 

S, H 

S, H 

• Direct 

• Positive 




• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 



• Direct 

• Negative 

• Short term/ long term 

• Local/ widespread 

• Reversible/Irreversible 

• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


High 

Medium 

High 

High 

Medium 

High 

Great 

Great 

Positive 

Great 

Positive 

Major 

Major 

Major


S/N Project 

Activities 

20 Waste 

generation- 

Emissions 

20.1-20.2 


code 

9, 8, 20, 22, B16 

23, 24, 25, 

32, 58, 7, 4, 

39, 43, 47, 

48,49,59 B17 

B18 

B19 

B20 

Impact 

Impairment of air quality 

Increased morbidity from 

upper respiratory tract 

diseases 

Disruption of 

habitat and human discomfort 


Impairment of surface 

water quality 

4-35 

Type of 

impact 

E,S,H 

H, S 

E 

S,H 

ESH 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 



• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 



• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


Medium 

High 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

high 

Medium low 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Little 

Great 

Little 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Minor 

Major 

Minor


S/ 

N 


21 Waste generation – 5, 8, 13, 20, 25, 38, 40, 

Effluent (21.1 – 21.3) 43, 45, 47, 49, 50, 59 

Impact 

code 

B21 

B22 

B23 

B24 

B25 

4-36 

Impact 



and hygiene 


water 


aquatic and terrestrial life 



facilities 

Type of 

impact 

S 

H 

ESH 

ES 

HS 


• Direct 

• Negative 




• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 




• Direct 

• Negative 




• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Extreme 

Little 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Little 

Moderate 

Minor 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Minor


S/ 

N 


Impact 

code 

22 Waste generation - solids 8, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, B26 

(22.1-22.2) 

5, 20, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27, 

28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 

34, 37, 38, 58, 7, 4, 1, 

40, 45, 44, 43, 47, 49, 

56, 59 

B27 

B28 

4-37 

Impact 


vectors (mosquitoes, rats, 

cockroaches, flies, e.t.c) 

Increased potential for road 

accidents. 


odours 

Type of 

impact 

H 

S,H 

E,H,S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


Medium 

Medium 

Low 

Medium 

Low 

Considerable 

Great 

Little 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Minor


S/ 

N 


Impact 

code 

23 Generation of nuisance – 11, 5, 20, 24, 37, 2, 7, B29 

Noise, vibration & lighting 39, 42, 47, 48, 49, 51, 

(23.1) 

59 

B30 

B31 

B32 

4-38 

Impact 

Habitat disruption and 

human discomfort 

Pressure on existing health 

facilities 



Type of 

impact 

ESH 

H 

S 

HS 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 

• Reversible/Ir 

reversible 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 

• Irreversible 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

Little 

Great 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Minor 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Moderate


S/ 

N 


Impact 

code 

24 Incidents (24.1 – 24.2) 9, 12, 1, 14, 15, 16, 17, 

18, 19, 5, 20, 22, 23, 24, 

25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 

32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 7, 

4, 1, 39, 40, 42, 43, 45, 

47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 55, 

B33 

59 

B34 

B35 

B36 

4-39 

Impact 


water 



Increased opportunity for 

employment and contracting 

Decrease in income 

generation from reduced 


Type of 

impact 

ESH 

ES 

S 

S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 




• Direct 

• Positive 




• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


Medium high 

Medium 

High 

Medium 

Little 

Considerable 

Positive 

Considerable 

Minor 

Moderate 

Positive 

Moderate


S/ 

N 


Impact 

code 

24 Incidents (24.1 – 24.2) 9, 12, 1, 14, 15, 16, 17, 

18, 19, 5, 20, 22, 23, 24, 

25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 

32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 7, 

4, 1, 39, 40, 42, 43, 45, 

47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 55, 

B37 

59 

B38 

B39 

B40 

B41 

4-40 

Impact 

Increased morbidity and 

mortality rate 

Pressure on existing health 

care and emergency 

response facilities 


Loss of assets and 

properties 

Effects on corporate 

reputation 

Type of 

impact 

HS 

SH 

S 

S 

S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 

• Reversible/ 

irreversible 

• Direct 

• Negative 




• Direct 

• Positive 


• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 



• Direct 

• Negative 




Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

High 

High 

Extreme 

Considerable 

Extreme 

Extreme 

Extreme 

Major 

Moderate 

Major 

Major 

Major


Table 4.6c Associated and Potential Impacts (DECOMMISSIONING) 

S/N 


25 Predecommissioning 

(25.1 – 25.2) 

21, 57, 2, 3, 

66, 6, 58, 41, 

46, 51, 52, 53, 

54, 55, 63, 64, 

65, 59 

Impact 

code 

C1 

C2 

C3 

Impact 

Improve corporate image and promote 

third party participation 


Increased income from opportunities for 

employment and contracting 

4-41 

Type 

of 

impact 

S 

S 

S 


• Direct 

• Positive 




• Direct 

• Negative 




• Direct 

• Positive 




High 

High 

High 

Positive 

Considerable 

Positive 

Positive 

Major 

Positive


S/N 


26 Supplies (26.1 

– 26.2) 

1, 7, 8, 12, 14, 

15, 23, 27, 28, 

29, 30, 31, 32, 

33, 34, 38, 49, 

40, 44, 45, 47, 

48, 55, 59 

Impact 

code 

C4 

C5 

C6 

C7 

Impact 

Opportunities for contracting and 

employment 


Increased road traffic 

Pressure on available food 

4-42 

Type 

of 

impact 

S 

SH 

S 

EHS 


• Direct 

• Positive 




• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


High 

Medium 

Medium 

high 

High 

Positive 

Little 

Considerable 

Little 

Positive 

Minor 

Moderate 

Moderate


S/N 


27 Mobilisation to site 

(27.1) 

16, 17, 18, 19, 

5, 20, 22, 25, 

26, 27, 28, 29, 

32, 34, 37, 6, 

4, 1, 40, 49, 

59 

Impact 

code 

C8 

C9 

C10 

C11 

Impact 

Reduction of access to natural 

environment and its resources 


Increased pressure on available roads 

Increased opportunity for contracting 

4-43 

Type 

of 

impact 

ESH 

S 

S 

S 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 



• Direct 

• Negative 




• Direct 

• Positive 




High 

High 

Medium 

Medium 

High 

Hardly any 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Positive 

Moderate 

Major 

Moderate 

Positive


S/N 

28 Dismantling of 

structure (28.1 – 

28.2) 


9, 11, 13, 14, 

15, 5, 24, 25, 

26, 27, 28, 29, 

30, 35, 43, 44, 

47, 49, 62, 51, 

52, 59. 

C12 

C13 

C14 

C15 

C16 

Impact 

code 

Impact 

Increased level of nuisances (sound, 

noise, emissions and vibrations etc) 

Increased accidents /injuries 

Pressure on health care facilities 


Opportunity for contracting, employment 

and increased income 

4-44 

ESH 

SH 

H 

S 

S 

Type 

of 

impact 


• Direct 

• Positive 


Medium Considerable Moderate 



• Direct 

• Negative 




Medium Extreme 

Major 

• Direct 

• Negative 





• Direct 

• Negative 



High Great Major 


• Direct 

• Negative 




High Positive Positive


S/N 

29 Waste generation 

(29.1 – 29.3) 


8, 12, 13, 14, 

15, 16, 18, 5, 

20, 22, 23, 24, 

25, 27, 28, 29, 

30, 31, 32, 33, 

34, 37, 38, 58, 

7, 4, 1, 40, 45, 

44, 43, 47, 49, 

56, 59 

C17 

C18 

C19 

Impact 

code 

Impact 

Contamination of surface water and soil 

Habitat disruption 

Third party agitations 

4-45 

ESH 

ESH 

S 

Type 

of 

impact 


• Direct 

• Negative 




Medium Great Moderate 

• Direct 

• Negative 




• Direct 

• Negative 




Medium 

Medium 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Moderate 

Major


S/N 

30 Nuisance – Noise 

& vibration (30.1) 

31 Incidents (31.1 – 

31.3) 


11, 5, 20, 24, 

37, 2, 7, 39, 

42, 47, 48, 49, 

51, 59 

9, 12, 1, 14, 

15, 16, 17, 18, 

19, 5, 20, 22, 

23, 24, 25, 27, 

28, 29, 30, 31, 

32, 33, 34, 35, 

37, 38, 7, 4, 1, 

39, 40, 42, 43, 

45, 47, 48, 49, 

50, 51, 55, 59 

C20 

C21 

C22 

C23 

Impact 

code 

Impact 

Habitat disruption and human 

discomfort 

Pressure on existing health facilities 



C24 Contamination of surface water 

4-46 

H 

S 

ESH 

HS 

ESH 

Type 

of 

impact 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


Medium Little Minor 

• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


Medium 

Medium 

Medium 

High 

Great 

Considerable 

Considerable 

Great 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Major


Table 4.6d Associated and Potential Impacts (FLOWLINES) 


32 Flowlines 

Mobilization (34.1 –34.3) 

8, 12, 

24, 15, 

27, 30, 

31, 33, 

34, 36, 

38, 7, 4, 

1, 40, 

42, 43, 

45, 47, 

48, 49, 

55, 59 

D1 

D2 

D3 

D4 

Impact 

Impact 

code 

Increased vehicular movement and 

road traffic accidents 

Reduction of soil quality 

Increased pressure on existing 

infrastructure (health, housing, 

transport, sanitation and waste 

management etc ) due increased 

population 

Increase in employment/ contract 

opportunities 

4-47 

Type of 

impact 


E H S • Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


E 


• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 



SH 

• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 



S 

• Direct 

• Positive 


• Local 


Medium 

Little 

Minor



33 Flowline installation 

(35.1 – 35.6) 

9, 10, 

11, 12, 

13, 14, 

15, 16, 

17, 18, 

19, 20, 

22, 23, 

24, 25, 

26, 27, 

28, 29, 

30, 31, 

33, 34, 

38, 2, 3, 

4, 6, 7, 

1, 39, 

40, 43, 

44, 45, 

46, 49, 

50, 55, 

59 

D6 

D7 

D5 

Impact 

Impact 

code 

Traditional occupation (farming, 

hunting) could be adversely affected. 

Increased erosion of the cleared area 

Increased access for hunting and 

logging 

4-48 

Type of 

impact 


S,H • Direct 


• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 

• Reversible/ irreversible 


E 

E, S 

• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


• Direct 

• Negative (E)/ 

• Positive (S) 

• Long term 

• Local 


Medium 

Medium 

Considerable 

Considerable 

(E) 

Positive (S) 

Moderate 

Moderate 

(E) 

Positive 

(S)



33 Flowline installation 

(35.1 – 35.6) 

5,8,9, 

10, 11, 

12, 13, 

14, 15, 

16, 17, 

18, 19, 

20, 22, 

23, 24, 

25, 26, 

27, 28, 

29, 30, 

31,32, 

33, 34, 

38, 2, 3, 

4, 6, 7, 

1, 39, 

40,41, 

43, 44, 

45, 46, 

47,49, 

50, 55, 

56,59 

D8 

D9 

D10 

Impact 

Impact 

code 


Opportunities for employment 

Nuisance (noise, emissions, 

vibrations) from heavy machinery, 

heat and radiation from welding and 

NDT testing. 

4-49 

Type of 

impact 


S, H • Direct 

Medium Great Major 

• Negative 

high 


• Local 


S,H 

ESH 

• Direct 

• Positive 




• Direct 

• Negative 


• Local 


High 

Medium 

high 

Positive 

Considerable 

Positive 

Moderate



34 Decommissioning 

(34.1) 

9, 10, 

11, 1, 

20, 28, 

30, 31, 

32, 38, 

39, 40, 

41, 63, 

44, 51, 

53, 54, 

55, 59 

D11 

D12 

D13 

D14 

D15 

Impact 

Impact 

code 

Increased pressure on health care 

facilities 

Increased accidents and injuries 

Contamination of soils and surface 

water 

Deterioration of air quality from dust 

generation 

Pressure on road transport 

4-50 

Type of 

impact 


SH • Direct 


• Negative 


• Local 

SH 


• Direct 


• Negative 

• Long term 

• Local 


EH • 

• 

Direct 

Negative 





ESH • Direct 


• Negative 




S • Direct 


• Negative 


• Local 

• Reversible

Chapter Four Associated and Potential Environmental I 

4.4.3 List of identified impacts 

The negative and positive impacts identified for the different phases of the 

WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field are listed as follows: 

Mobilization Phase 

• Pressure on available water for domestic use and other water related activities. 

• Enhanced opportunities for employment, contracting, services and income. 

• Increased pressure on available/existing infrastructure (health, housing, recreational, 

educational, transport and waste management facilities) due to increased population. 

• Increased social vices, drug abuse, commercial sex workers (CSW), teenage 

pregnancies, etc. 

• Increased third party agitation. 

• Increased cost of living/inflation. 

• Nuisances (noise, emission, vibrations) from heavy machinery. 

• Increased potential for accidents and injuries. 

Construction/Drilling/Flowline Phases 

• Pressure on available water for domestic use and other water related activities. 

• Enhanced opportunities for employment, contracting, services and income. 

• Increased pressure on available/existing infrastructure (health, housing, recreational, 

educational, transport and waste management facilities) due to increased population. 

• Destruction of vegetation (medicinal, economic and food). 

• Increased erosion of the cleared area/alteration of topography. 

• Loss of habitat for wildlife. 

• Increased social vices, drug abuse, commercial sex workers (CSW), teenage 

pregnancies, etc. 


• Increased cost of living/inflation. 

• Increased level of disease vectors. 

• Exposure of field workers/community members to attack by poisonous snakes, bees, 

spiders, scorpions/other wildlife and contact with poisonous plants. 

• Shift from traditional occupations (farming, hunting). 

• Nuisances (noise, emission, vibrations) from heavy machinery. 

• Reduction of soil quality. 

• Increase in population leading to diffusion of culture and tradition. 

• Consequence on corporate reputation. 

• Impairment of air quality. 

• Increased morbidity and mortality rates. 

• Decreased quality/loss of habitat. 

• Increased potential for accidents and injuries. 

• Improved access to electricity. 

• Enhancement of development. 

Operations Phase 

• Increased opportunities for employment/contracting, services and income. 

• Pressure on available food and existing infrastructure (health, recreational, 

educational, housing facilities). 

• Increased social vices, (drug abuse, CSW and teenage pregnancies). 


• Impairment of air quality. 

• Increased morbidity and mortality. 

• Contamination of surface water. 

• Shift from traditional occupations. 

• Increased level of disease vectors (mosquitoes, rats, cockroaches, flies etc.). 

4-53


• Increased potential for road accidents. 

• Nuisance (noise and emissions). 

• Effect on corporate reputation. 

Decommissioning 

• Improved corporate image and third party participation. 

• Loss of jobs and third party agitation. 

• Pressure on transportation. 

• Increased opportunity for employment, contracting, income and service 

provision. 

• Increased levels of nuisance (sound, dust, vibration, emissions etc.). 

• Pressure on available water, food and existing infrastructure. 

• Increased accidents/injuries and morbidity. 

• Decreased access to electricity and communication facilities. 

• Contamination of surface water, soil and vegetation from handling of hazardous 

substances and materials. 

4.5 Description of Impacts 

The impacts outlined above for the four phases (Mobilization, construction including 

drilling, operations, decommissioning) of the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field are discussed 

as follows. 

4.5.1 Mobilization Phase 

4.5.1.1 Pressure on available water for domestic use and other water related activities 

Water supply could be required for human consumption during mobilisation activities. The 

additional water required could lead to pressure on available water and thus result to 

scarcity. This could induce unhygienic habits with its consequent effects on morbidity and 

mortality rate, and might lead to third party agitation. This impact was described as direct, 

negative, short term, local and reversible, with a rating of moderate. 

• Opportunities for contracting 

The use of indigenous contractors for water supply will enhance the income of the service 

providers and labour force. This will provide opportunities for small and medium 

enterprises. This impact was rated as positive. 

• Pressure on existing infrastructure 

The workers required for project activities could lead to increase in overall population of 

the communities. Population increase due to influx of workers and other migrants could 

lead to overcrowding and its consequent pressure on existing healthcare, social and 

infrastructural facilities. The impact was described as direct, negative, short-term, local 

and reversible and was rated as moderate. 

• Increased social vices 

The presence of migrant workers could lead to increase in social vices such as attraction 

of CSW, alcohol and drug abuse, crime rate and smoking. The increase in CSWs and 

workforce without their spouses could lead to increase in sexually transmitted infections 

(STIs), including HIV/AIDS, and teenage pregnancies. The impact was described as 

direct, negative, short-term/long-term, local/widespread and reversible/irreversible. It was 

rated as moderate. 

• Third party agitation 

Supply of labour could attract third party agitation involving inter- and intra communal 

conflicts and human rights issues. The impact was described as direct, negative, shortterm, 

local and reversible with an overall rating of moderate. 

4-54


• Increase in cost of living/inflation 

The increase in population caused by influx of people could overstretch available food 

supplies, healthcare and other social facilities such as housing, water and power supply. 

The shortage of these goods and services could result in increase in cost of living and 

attendant inflation. This impact was direct, negative, short term, local and reversible. It 

was rated as moderate. 

• Nuisance (noise, emissions, vibration) from heavy machinery 

The movement of heavy equipment required for this project could result in nuisance in 

form of noise, emission and vibration, which might impair air quality, hearing and health. 

Nuisance of this nature could lead to third party agitation and impinge on company 

reputation. This impact was described as direct, negative, short-term, local and reversible 

and rated as moderate. 

• Increased potential for road traffic accidents 

The mobilization phase could lead to increased road traffic due to supplies and personnel 

movement. This could result in the likelihood of increased road traffic accidents. This 

impact is direct, negative, short term, local and reversible. It was rated as moderate. 

4.6 Construction/Drilling/Flowline Phases 

• Pressure on available water for domestic use and other water related activities 

Water supply could be required for human consumption and construction activities. The 

large volume of water required during construction could lead to pressure on available 

water for domestic and other water related activities. The pressure could lead to scarcity of 

water, which could induce unhygienic habits with its consequent effects on morbidity and 

mortality rate, and might lead to third party agitation. This impact was described as direct, 

negative, short term, local and reversible, with a rating of moderate. 

• Opportunities for contracting and employment 

Supply of materials for the execution of the various activities could lead to increased 

opportunities for contracting, supplies and employment. This could lead to enhanced level 

of income and financial flow thereby contributing to poverty alleviation. Contracting and 

related activities could affect traditional occupations such as farming, fishing and hunting. 

Inequity of opportunities could lead to third party agitation. This impact was direct, shortterm 

and widespread. It was rated positive. 

• Pressure on existing infrastructure 

The workers required for construction activities could lead to increase in overall 

population of the communities. Population increase due to the workers and other migrants 

could lead to overcrowding and its consequent pressure on existing social amenities. The 

impact was described as direct, negative, short-term, local and reversible and was rated 

as moderate. 

• Destruction of vegetation (medicinal, economic and food) 

Clearing of vegetation for the various project activities could result in the destruction of 

indigenous plant communities in the proposed project area. It could lead to the loss of 

economic, medicinal and food crops. This impact was direct, negative, long term, local and 

irreversible. The impact rating was moderate. 

• Loss of habitat for wildlife 

Site clearing could also result in the destruction of the habitat for wildlife. The type of 

wildlife in the project area as shown in Chapter 3. Destruction and fragmentation of their 

habitat could disperse wildlife into surrounding area, thereby exposing them to danger of 

4-55


attack and/or capture. This could further threaten the population of endangered species. 

The impact was direct, negative, long term, local, and irreversible. The overall rating was 

moderate. 


The presence of workers and associated migrants during this phase of the project could 

lead to an increase in social vices such as attraction of CSW, alcohol and drug abuse, 

crime rate and smoking. The increase in CSWs and workforce without their spouses could 

lead to increase in sexually transmitted infections (STIs), including HIV/AIDS, and teenage 

pregnancies. The impact was described as direct, negative, short-term/long-term, 

local/widespread and reversible/irreversible. It was rated as moderate. 




local and reversible with an overall rating of moderate 

• Increase in cost of living/inflation 

This project phase will definitely attract various kinds of workers and associated migrants 

into the area. The attendant increase in population caused by the influx of people could 

overstretch available food supplies, healthcare and other social facilities such as housing, 

water and power supply. The shortage of these goods and services could result in 

increase in cost of living and attendant inflation. This impact was direct, negative, short 

term, local and reversible. It was rated as moderate. 

• Increased level of disease vectors 

Wastes generated during this phase, if not disposed of in a sanitary manner, could 

constitute suitable habitats for some disease vectors such as mosquitoes, rodents, 

cockroaches, houseflies etc. The diseases they transmit could cause increased morbidity 

and/or mortality. This impact was direct, negative, short term, local, reversible and rated 

moderate. 

• Exposure of fieldworkers to attack by snakes, bees, spiders, scorpions/other 

wildlife and contact with poisonous plants 

The biota of the project area included some dangerous animals (snakes, scorpions, bees 

etc) and plants e.g. Mucuna sp (Devil’s bean). Field workers engaged in vegetation 

clearing could be exposed to attack by these animals and contact with the plants. These 

may result in injuries, poisoning and death. The impact was described as direct, negative, 

short-term, local, reversible or irreversible. The overall rating was moderate. 

• Shift from traditional occupations 

The project would create new jobs and opportunities for employment. The local population 

are likely going to opt for these new jobs thereby leading to change in their traditional 

occupations such as arable farming, hunting and lumbering.The impact was described as 

direct, negative, long-term, local and reversible. It was rated as moderate. 

• Nuisance (noise, emissions, vibration) from heavy machinery 

The use of heavy equipment at this phase of the project could result in nuisance in form of 

noise, emission and vibration, which might impair air quality, hearing and health. Nuisance 

of this nature could lead to third party agitation and impinge on company reputation. This 

impact was described as direct, negative, short-term, local and reversible and rated as 

moderate. 

4-56


• Reduction of soil quality 

The proposed project area is characterized by heavy rainfall. Clearing of vegetation, 

movement of heavy equipment and human traffic along the right of way could impact on 

the soil quality. This would lead to erosion, leaching and nutrient loss from the soil surface. 

Laying of, flowlines involves the excavation of soil, installation of flowlines and backfilling 

with dug out soil. These activities could destroy the habitat of soil dwelling organisms or 

displace them from their natural habitats. The implication of this is that the soil could 

become nutrient deficient because some of these organisms are responsible for the 

breakdown of complex organic matter in the soil. These impacts were assessed as direct, 

negative, short term, local and reversible. They were rated as moderate. 

• Increase in population leading to cultural erosion 

The workers and other migrants could include those who are from diverse cultural 

traditions and religious backgrounds. Cultural erosion could affect the values of the 

traditional society and lead to vices such as drug and alcohol abuse, promiscuity, spread 

of STIs and decline in moral values. This impact was direct, negative, short term, local and 

reversible. It was rated as moderate. 

• Consequence on corporate reputation 

The issues that could adversely affect corporate reputation during this phase include: 

Inadequate consultation with stakeholders (government, communities, NGOs, CBOs etc) 

Failure to implement MOU. 

These issues could lead to third party agitation and have adverse effect on corporate 

image, thereby impinging on the social licence to operate. This impact was described as 

indirect, negative, long term, widespread and reversible. It was rated as moderate. 

• Impairment of air quality 

The use of heavy equipment during this phase of the project could cause the release of 

noxious substances such as SPM, COx, SOx, NOx, HCs, leading to impairment of air 

quality. The impact was described as direct, negative, short term, widespread and 


• Increased morbidity and mortality rates 

The use of heavy equipment, welding, drilling and flowline installation could result in 

injuries and fatalities, thereby increasing morbidity and mortality rates. These could exert 

pressure on healthcare facilities. The impact was described as direct, negative, long term, 

local and irreversible. It was rated as moderate. 

• Decreased quality of habitat (biodiversity) 

Suspended particulate matter dispersed into the atmosphere could settle on the surface of 

leaves of plants and reduce their gaseous exchange capacity and photosynthetic ability. 

This could lead to reduction in the productivity of the plant population. Leaves covered by 

SPM when consumed, could pose health hazard to animal life. The overall effect could be 

deterioration of the habitat and alteration of its biodiversity. The impact was assessed as 

direct, negative, long term, local and reversible. It was rated as moderate 

• Increased potential for road traffic accidents 

The use of heavy equipment and procurement of materials to maintain workers at the site 

during this phase of the project could lead to increased road traffic. This could result in the 

likelihood of increased road traffic accidents. This impact is direct, negative, short term, 

local and reversible. It was rated as moderate. 

4-57


• Improved access to electricity 

Electricity generated during the construction, drilling and operation phases could be 

extended to host communities. The impact was direct, short term, local and reversible and 

was rated as positive. 

• Enhancement of development 

The effort of SPDC towards implementing the MOUs for this project will accelerate 

development through the provision of infrastructural facilities, which could boost the local 

economy. The impact was rated positive. 

4.7 Operations Phase 

• Opportunities for contracting and employment 

Supply of materials for the operation phase could lead to increased opportunities for 

contracting, supplies and employment. This could lead to enhanced level of income and 

financial flow thereby contributing to poverty alleviation. Contracting and related activities 

could affect traditional occupations such as farming, fishing and hunting. Inequity of 

opportunities could lead to third party agitation. This impact was direct, short-term and 

widespread. It was rated positive. 

• Pressure on available food and existing infrastructure 

The workers required for project activities could lead to increase in overall population of 

the communities. Population increase due to influx of workers and other migrants could 

lead to overcrowding and its consequent pressure on existing food, healthcare, social and 

infrastructural facilities. The impact was described as direct, negative, short-term, local 

and reversible and was rated as moderate. 


The presence of workers and associated migrants during this phase of the project could 

lead to an increase in social vices such as attraction of CSW, alcohol and drug abuse, 

crime rate and smoking. The increase in CSWs and workforce without their spouses could 

lead to increase in sexually transmitted infections (STIs), including HIV/AIDS, and teenage 

pregnancies. The impact was described as direct, negative, short-term/long-term, 

local/widespread and reversible/irreversible. It was rated as moderate. 




local and reversible with an overall rating of moderate 

• Impairment of air quality 

The use of heavy equipment during this phase of the project could cause the release of 

noxious substances such as SPM, COx, SOx, NOx, HCs, leading to impairment of air 

quality. The impact was described as direct, negative, short term, widespread and 


• Increased morbidity and mortality rates 

The use of heavy equipment during the operations phase could result in injuries and 

fatalities, thereby increasing morbidity and mortality rates. These could exert pressure on 

healthcare facilities. The impact was described as direct, negative, long term, local and 

irreversible. It was rated as moderate. 

• Contamination of surface water quality 

Effluents from the operational activities of the project could contaminate surface water, 

thereby altering its quality. The impact was described as direct, negative, short term, 

widespread and reversible. It was rated as moderate. 

4-58


• Shift from traditional occupations 

The project would create new jobs and opportunities for employment. The local population 

are likely going to opt for these new jobs thereby leading to change in their traditional 

occupations such as arable farming, hunting and lumbering. The impact was described as 

direct, negative, long-term, local and reversible. It was rated as moderate. 

• Increased level of disease vectors 

Wastes generated during the operations phase of the project, if not disposed of in a 

sanitary manner, could constitute suitable habitats for some disease vectors such as 

mosquitoes, rodents, cockroaches, houseflies etc. The diseases they transmit could cause 

increased morbidity and/or mortality. This impact was direct, negative, short term, local, 

reversible and rated moderate. 

• Increased accidents and injuries 

Accidents resulting in injuries/fatalities could occur during operational activities. They 

could exert pressure on emergency services, and healthcare facilities. The impact was 

described as direct, negative, short/long term, local, reversible / irreversible (if fatal). It 


• Nuisance (noise and emissions) 

Operational activities including use of generators, high-pressure pumps and air 

compressors could generate nuisance in form of noise and emissions. This could impair 

air quality, hearing and general health. Nuisance of this nature could lead to third party 

agitation and impinge on company reputation. This impact was described as direct, 

negative, short-term, local and reversible and rated as moderate. 

• Effect on corporate reputation 

Issues such as inadequate consultation with stakeholders (government, communities, 

NGOs, CBOs etc) and failure to implement MOU, could lead to third party agitation and 

have adverse effect on corporate image. This could affect the ‘Social Licence to Operate’. 

This impact was described as indirect, negative, long term, widespread and reversible. It 


4.8 Decommissioning 

The expected life span of the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field (gas well, flowlines, gas 

plant) is 25 years after which decommissioning would take place. It will involve the 

dismantling and removal of structures. The associated impacts are: 

• Improves corporate image and promotes third party participation 

Consultations with various strata in the communities, gender, religious bodies, ethnic 

groups, labour groups, human rights groups, NGOs, regulators, governments, CBOs, etc, 

would enlighten the various stakeholders about the process. This could improve the 

corporate image of the company and promote third party participation in the process. The 

impact of consultation is positive, direct, short term, widespread and reversible. 

• Loss of jobs and third party agitation 

Decommissioning could involve disengagement of staff (permanent and temporary). 

Labour issues could arise. Local economy could become depressed and dissatisfaction 

could arise. Third party agitation could set in. The impact was described as negative, 

direct, short term, widespread, and reversible and rated moderate. 

• Pressure on transportation 

4-59


The need for vehicles during demobilization would put pressure on available means of 

land transportation The impact was described as negative, direct, short term, local and 

reversible and was rated major. 

• Opportunities for contracting 

The supply of food and materials/tools and hiring of trucks etc for transportation of various 

items and personnel during demobilization would provide opportunities for contracting and 

increased income generation. The impact was positive, direct, short term, widespread and 

reversible 

• Nuisance (noise, vibrations, dust and emissions) 

The use of heavy machinery for the transportation (of goods, materials and personnel) and 

demolition activities during decommissioning could generate nuisance in form of noise, 

dust, emissions, vibrations and other noxious substances, which might impair air quality, 

health, safety and security. Nuisance of this nature could also lead to third party agitation 

and impinge on company reputation. This impact was described as negative, direct, short 

term, widespread and reversible. It was rated moderate. 

• Pressure on available water, food and infrastructure 

The increase in population that could occur as a result of the workers needed for 

demolition activities could put pressure on available food, water, housing, healthcare and 

other social facilities. The impact was described as negative, direct, short term, local and 

reversible and was rated as moderate. 

• Increased accidents/injuries 

During dismantling of structures, the potential for accidents resulting in injuries could be 

high. The resultant effect would increase pressure on healthcare facilities. The impact was 

described as negative, direct, short term, local and reversible and was rated as moderate. 

• Decreased access to electricity and communication facilities 

The host communities who were deriving some benefits from electricity and 

communication facilities may be deprived of them. The impact was described as direct, 

negative, short term, local, reversible and rated moderate. 

• Contamination of surface water, soil, vegetation and disturbance of terrestrial 

life 

The wastes generated from dismantling/demolition activities could consist of domestic, 

industrial, and possibly hazardous substances and materials, which would require proper 

management. The wastes would be sorted at source and sent for reuse or recycling. 

Improper handling could result in the contamination of surface water (household water), 

soil and vegetation. If the contaminants are hazardous substances and materials, they 

could be toxic to plants, animals and man. The impact was described as negative, direct, 

short/long term, local and reversible. It was rated moderate. 

4-60

Chapter Five Mitigation Measures 

CHAPTER FIVE 

MITIGATION MEASURES 

5.1 Introduction 

The impact magnitude and significance as shown in chapter four were used in the evaluation of 

mitigation measures for the impacts of the proposed WDGSP/ WAGP at Oben Field. 

Mitigation measures were provided for those impacts rated as moderate and major. The mitigation 

measures proffered are intended to reduce the severity of identified negative (moderate/major) 

impacts and enhance the positive (beneficial) effects. The residual impacts that could arise despite 

the mitigation measures are discussed. The proposed mitigation measures for the potential impacts 

associated with the different phases of the project along with the residual impacts are provided for in 

the Environmental Management Plan. 

The mitigation measures suggested for the predicted environmental impacts from the project took 

cognizance of: 

Environmental Laws in Nigeria, with emphasis on permissible limits for waste streams {FEPA 

(1991) now FMEnv, EGASPIN (2002)}; 

Best available technology for sustainable development; 

Feasibility of application of the measures in Nigeria; 

Social well being, etc. 

The mitigation measures for the various phases of the project are contained in Table 5.1: 

5-1


Table 5.1: Proposed Mitigation Measures 

Project Phase Activity Potential Impact Rating 

before 

Pre- mob/ 

Mobilization 

Movement of goods 

Equipment & personnel 

Increase in road traffic volume 

and risk of accidents/injuries 

Increased risk of injury/fatality of 

workforce 

mitigation 

Mitigation Rating 

after 

M SPDC shall ensure all vehicles are premobbed 

and certified 

Visible warning signs shall be placed on 

roads and vehicles 

SPDC shall ensure all drivers undergo 

the defensive driving course and are 

certified 

Vehicle monitoring and communication 

devices shall be installed in project 

vehicles 

SPDC shall ensure journey 

management and no night driving policy 

are adhered to 

SPDC shall ensure compulsory medical 

fitness test for all drivers 

M Workers shall use appropriate PPE 

SPDC shall ensure first aid box on site 

and emergency response and 

medrescue/medevac are in place 

Toolbox meetings shall be held before 

the start of daily tasks 

Awareness shall be created among site 

workers on the likelihood of exposure to 

poisonous wildlife & plants 

Trained first aiders shall form part of the 

workforce (1:25) 

Third party agitation H SPDC shall identify and address 

stakeholder legacy issues 

SPDC shall sustain consultation with 

relevant stakeholders throughout the 

5-2 

mitigation 

L 

L 

M



before 

mitigation 

Construction Site preparation/ 

vegetation clearing 

Lay-down area 

preparation 

Population increase due to influx 

of persons 

Opportunity for contracting and 

employment 

5-3 


after 

mitigation 

projects lifespan 

SPDC shall ensure effective 

liaison/communication with communities 

is maintained through the community 

relations officers 

H SPDC shall ensure access control is 

implemented at work site 

SPDC shall ensure health awareness 

campaigns are conducted for workforce 

on the risks of STIs from the services of 

CSWs to discourage patronage 

SPDC shall ensure sourcing of relevant 

workforce from host communities. 

SPDC shall honour all MoU agreements 

M SPDC shall encourage the use of host 

community-based contractors 


workforce from host communities 

SPDC shall ensure access control is 


SPDC shall ensure compliance with all 

HSE policies and standards 

Gas well Spills, blow-outs and wastes M SPDC shall comply with specifications 

and guidelines 


Flowlines construction Accidents, injuries, third party 

agitations, habitat loss and social 

vices 


H SPDC shall ensure safe work practices 


SPDC shall ensure that effective 



L 

L 

L 

M



before 

mitigation 

Waste generation 

(Emissions, effluents & 

solids) 

Soil, water contamination, 

impairment of air quality 

Power supply Noise, fumes, third party 

agitations 

Decommissioning Increase in vehicular traffic, risk 

of accident and third party 

agitations 

5-4 


after 

mitigation 


SPDC shall use the existing ROW 

SPDC shall ensure that awareness 

campaigns are conducted to enlighten 

field workers on the implications of 

alcohol/drug abuse, unprotected sex, 

prostitution and the need to sustain 

cultural values and low profile lifestyle 

Condoms shall be made available at 

the site clinic for workers 

Alcohol consumption & recreational 

drugs use shall be prohibited on site 

M SPDC shall comply with waste 

management specifications and 

guidelines (especially with regards to 

the discharges into the environment) 

SPDC shall deploy best practice and 

cleaner technologies that ensures 

emission reduction 

M SPDC shall deploy best practice and 






Workers shall use appropriate PPE 

M SPDC shall ensure compliance with 

journey management procedures 




L 

L



before 

mitigation 

Operations Maintenance and reclearing 

of flowlines 

ROW 

Supplies (water, food, 

materials, chemicals, 

etc.) 

Waste generation, biodiversity 

loss, accidents and incidents 

Increase in vehicular movement, 

road traffic accident, pressure on 

existing water and food stocks 

and third party agitation 

Energy requirements Noise, fumes, third party 

agitations 

Labour requirements Third party agitations, increase in 

social vices, pressure on 

infrastructure 

5-5 


after 

mitigation 




management guidelines & procedures 

SPDC shall ensure that vegetation 

clearing is limited to ROW 

SPDC shall ensure the use of 

appropriate PPE 



SPDC shall ensure that there is traffic 

control at strategic locations along the 

route 

SPDC shall encourage the use of host 







M SPDC shall deploy best practice and 







M SPDC shall ensure effective 




L 

L 

L 

L



before 

mitigation 



solids) 

Decommissioning Inventorization & 

consultation 

Supplies (water, food, 

materials, chemicals, 

etc.) 



5-6 


after 

mitigation 




SPDC shall ensure appropriate 

enlightenment and access control 

SPDC shall ensure that adequate 

infrastructural facilities are provided to 

meet the demand. 








Third party agitation M SPDC shall ensure effective 





SPDC shall ensure appropriate 

Increase in vehicular movement, 

road traffic accident, pressure on 

existing water and food stocks 

and third party agitation 

enlightenment and access control 





route 





L 

L 

L



before 

mitigation 

Transport & logistics Increase in vehicular movement, 

road traffic accident, and third 

party agitation 

Dismantling & packaging Accidents & injuries, opportunity 

for contracting and employment, 

thirty party agitation 



solids) 



5-7 


after 

mitigation 








route 









appropriate work procedure and HSE 

guidelines 








SPDC shall deploy appropriate 

technology in dismantling and 

packaging. 




L 

L 

L



before 

mitigation 

Flowline 

construction 

Movement of goods 

Equipment & personnel 

Lay-down area 

preparation 

Excavation, removal of 

old flowlines and laying 

of new flowlines 

Increase in road traffic volume 

and risk of accidents/injuries 

Opportunity for contracting and 

employment 

Accidents, injuries, third party 

agitations, habitat loss and social 

vices 

5-8 


after 

mitigation 





M SPDC shall ensure all vehicles are premobbed 

and certified 

Visible warning signs shall be placed on 

roads and vehicles 

SPDC shall ensure all drivers undergo 

the defensive driving course and are 

certified 

Vehicle monitoring and communication 

devices shall be installed in project 

vehicles 

SPDC shall ensure journey 

management and no night driving policy 

are adhered to 

SPDC shall ensure compulsory medical 

fitness test for all drivers 













L 

L 

M



before 

mitigation 

5-9 


after 

mitigation 




SPDC shall ensure awareness 

campaigns are conducted to enlighten 

field workers on the implications of 

alcohol/drug abuse, unprotected sex, 

prostitution and the need to sustain 

cultural values and low profile lifestyle 

Condoms shall be made available at 

the site clinic for workers 

Alcohol consumption & recreational 

drugs use shall be prohibited on site 

Welding Accidents & injuries, M SPDC shall ensure safe work practices 



NDT testing of welds Exposure to radiation M SPDC shall ensure compliance with all 


SPDC shall ensure safe work practices 

Hydrotesting Effluent discharge, injuries M SPDC shall ensure compliance with all 



SPDC shall ensure compliance with 

waste management guidelines for 

Flushing of gas line Increase in potential for soil and 

water contamination 

Decommissioning Increase in vehicular traffic, risk 

of accident and third party 

effluents 


waste management guidelines for 

effluents 



L 

L 

L 

L 

L



before 

mitigation 

5-10 


after 

mitigation 

agitations SPDC shall ensure effective 




SPDC shall honour all MoU agreements


5.2 Residual Impacts after Mitigation Measures 

5.2.1 Community Unrest 

Baseline 

Widespread youth restiveness is uncommon in the project area. However, issues about 

employment, supplies, contracts and MOUs if not well managed would likely elicit community 

unrest. 

Mitigation 

As a mitigation measure, SPDC shall establish and maintain channels of communication with the 

communities during all phases of the project. 

Furthermore, SPDC shall require contractors to hire local labour where feasible. SPDC shall also 

ensure that its contractors adopt transparent approaches in matters of employment. 

SPDC shall also honour all MOU items agreed with the local communities. 

From the foregoing, the impact rating should drop from medium to low, since it is impossible to 

completely eliminate all sources of community disagreements in a project such as this. 

5.2.2 Influx of People 

The influx of labour and camp followers is anticipated to increase the pressure on services and 

infrastructure. Currently these facilities are inadequate and further pressure on them if not well 

managed could lead to further deterioration. 

Mitigation 

Contractors shall provide adequate accommodation with standard facilities to their migrant 

workforce to reduce anticipated pressure on community facilities. Medical facilities (clinic) and 

emergency rescue and medrescue/medevac procedures shall be provided at the worksites. 

The impact is considered to be of medium significance, but following mitigation, it should drop to 

low. It will not be eliminated completely because some of the workers may want to remain to seek 

employment in the gas plant. 

5.2.3 Increase in Cost of Living / Inflation 

The cost of living is likely to be high as a result of rise in income and economic activities. The 

attendant inflation will cut across all phases of the project to varying degrees. 

Mitigation 

SPDC shall support skills development and sustainable economic enhancement of the local 

communities through training, complemented by formation of cooperatives and introduction of 

micro-credit schemes where these have been identified during a PRA exercise. 

Inflation is of medium significance and after mitigation it will drop to low. This is because at the end 

of the project activities, it is expected that the local economy will stabilise. Also it is likely that those 

that acquired skills may migrate to other areas in search of better opportunities. Furthermore, 

inflation is a national phenomenon and responds to other factors that originate outside the project 

area. 

5.2.4 Increase in Social Vices 

With an influx of migrant workers of diverse characters, there is the potential for an increase in 

social vices such as stealing, drug abuse, alcoholism and sexual promiscuity. 

5-12


Mitigation 

SPDC shall carry out sustained campaigns to raise awareness and achieve behaviour modification 

amongst the workforce. SPDC shall also enforce the alcohol and drug policy of the company at all 

her worksites. Access control shall also be maintained at the work and campsites. 

The rating after mitigation will drop from medium to low and not completely eliminated since 

behaviour change is a difficult process. 

5.3 Enhancing Positive Impacts 

5.3.1 Job Creation 

This project is expected to create jobs during different phases. There will be opportunities for both 

skilled and unskilled employment. It is also expected that most of the local workers will acquire 

relevant skill during the various project phases. 

To enhance job creation opportunities throughout the life of the project, SPDC shall ensure the 

participation of contractors from host communities. 

Also, SPDC shall promote the acquisition/ improvement of skills that will better equip the members 

of the host communities and enhance their chances for better employment elsewhere. 

5.3.2 Business / Economic Opportunities 

Movement of the workforce during the different project phases will increase local economic and 

business activities, especially for food vendors, retailers, transporters, etc. This will promote 

entrepreneurship and income generation capabilities of the local populace. 

To sustain stable economic growth, SPDC shall support the local economy through its various 

economic empowerment programmes. 

5.3.3 Reduction in Gas Flaring 

Currently in SPDC, the amount of gas that is flared is approx. 601 mmscf/d. SPDC intends to utilise 

90 mmscf/d of gas in this project. This will contribute towards achieving the reduction in routine gas 

flaring. 

To enhance this positive impact, SPDC shall continue to pursue the expansion of the gas market in 

the country and the West African sub-region. 

5.3.4 Increase in Revenue to Government and SPDC 

In this project, SPDC shall supply 90 mmscf/d of gas for sale to the domestic and West African 

market. 

Given the increasing demand for cleaner fuels and concerns for the environment, there is likely to 

be a steady rise in gas utilisation in the future. This will create the opportunity for increased revenue 

for both SPDC and Government, especially if facilities are upgraded and more gas development 

projects are executed. This project will also offer SPDC the opportunity to improve the quality of gas 

and enhance its commercial value. 

5-13

Chapter Six Environmental Management Plan 

6.1 Introduction 

CHAPTER SIX 

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 

The environmental concerns in an EIA must be properly managed. The tool for achieving this is the 

incorporation of an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) into the EIA to ensure future 

compliance with legislation, good environmental performance and integration of environmental 

issues into project decision. The EMP provides the means of assessing the accuracy of the 

predicted project impacts and the monitoring of the effectiveness of the proposed mitigation 

measures contained in the EIA report. The EMP should therefore indicate how the environmental 

concerns highlighted in the EIA would be managed. 

The anticipated impacts of the proposed project, corresponding mitigation measures, residual 

impact rating, action party, timing, parameter to be monitored and monitoring frequency are 

provided in the Environmental Management Plan (Tables 6.1) for construction, drilling, flowlines, 

operations and decommissioning activities. 

6.2 Environmental Monitoring 

The FMEnv and DPR guidelines require an environmental monitoring plan as part of an EIA. The 

aim of the monitoring programme is to ensure that the negative environmental impacts already 

identified in this EIA are effectively mitigated in the design, construction, drilling, flowlines 

installation, operations and decommissioning stages of the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field. It also 

instills confidence in the host communities, the proponent of the project (SPDC) and regulatory 

bodies that the identified impacts shall be adequately mitigated. Environmental monitoring of the 

project is therefore advocated in order to ensure that the mitigation processes put in place have 

adequately taken care of the predicted impacts. This will necessitate establishing programmes to 

address the following: 

• alteration to the biological, chemical, physical, social and health characteristics of the recipient 

environment; 

• alterations in the interactions between project activities and environmental sensitivities, and 

interactions among the various sensitivities; 

• determination of long term and residual effects; 

• identification of project specific cumulative environmental effects. 

The detailed plan to monitor the effectiveness of the proffered mitigation measures are provided in 

the EMP Tables below. 

6.3 Hazards and Effects Management Process (HEMP) 

The management of hazards and effects of activities is central to effective Project Environmental 

Management. Hazard and Effect Management Process (HEMP) ensures that hazards and potential 

effects are fully evaluated. Environmental Impact Assessment emphasizes the Hazards and Effects 

Management Process. The four stages of the process as applied in Environmental Management 

are: 

• Identify hazards associated with project activity and the environment; 

• Assess hazards and effects through assessment of magnitude and significance of the hazards 

and effects; 

• Control hazards and effects, through implementing techniques to eliminate, lessen severity of 

effects, and manage the hazard; 

• Recover from effects by developing plans to manage the consequences of events. 

The above form the fundamental principles of the management and control of environmental 

impacts and effects in the EIA process. The impacts are enumerated based on hazard identification, 

risk assessment and application of preventive measures. Figure 6.1 shows the details of the Hazard 

6-1


and Effect Management Process. This process will be fully incorporated in the Environmental 

Management Plan of the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben. 

Identify 

Assess 

Control 

Recover 

Identify Hazards Characterise Receiving 

Environment 

Evaluate Effects and 

Hazardous Events 

Monitor 

Are they 

significant? 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

Implement Control 

Techniques 

Fig. 6.1 Hazard and Effect Management Process 

6-2 

Evaluate Threats to 

Control Techniques 

Is Control 

Practicable? 

No 

Develop Corrective 

Action Systems


6.4 Safety and Hazard Identification 

The aim of managing the HSE risks associated with a system is to reduce them to a level ‘As Low 

As Reasonably Practicable’ (ALARP). The objectives for assessing these risks are to: 

• Eliminate the hazard; 

• Reduce the probability of hazardous events occurring; 

• Minimize the consequences, in the events occurring. 

The activities involved in the construction/drilling/flowline installation/operation/ decommissioning 

phases of the proposed project are essentially: site preparation, construction (contractors camps, 

flowlines, drilling of gas well), power generation, maintenance of facilities during operations, 

dismantling of abandoned structures and waste management. The associated HSE risks were 

considered and addressed. 

6-3


Table 6.1 Environmental Management Plan for the various activities in the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field 

Project 

Phase/Activ 

ity 

Pre- 

mob/ 

Mobiliza 

tion 

Movement of 

goods 

Equipment 

& personnel 

Potential Impact Rating 

before 

mitigatio 

n 

Increase in road traffic 

volume and risk of 

accidents/injuries 

Increased risk of 

injury/fatality of 

workforce 

M 

Actio 

n Ref. 

Description of Mitigation Residual 

impact 

rating 

SPDC shall ensure all vehicles are pre-mobbed and 

certified 

Visible warning signs shall be placed on roads and 

vehicles 

SPDC shall ensure all drivers undergo the defensive 

driving course and are certified 

Vehicle monitoring and communication devices shall 

be installed in project vehicles 

SPDC shall ensure journey management and no night 

driving policy are adhered to 

SPDC shall ensure compulsory medical fitness test 

for all drivers 

M Workers shall use appropriate PPE 

SPDC shall ensure first aid box on site and 

emergency response and medrescue/medevac are in 

place 

Toolbox meetings shall be held before the start of 

daily tasks 

Awareness shall be created among site workers on 

the likelihood of exposure to poisonous wildlife & 

plants 

Trained first aiders shall form part of the workforce 

(1:25) 

Third party agitation H SPDC shall identify and address stakeholder 

legacy issues 

SPDC shall sustain consultation with relevant 

stakeholders throughout the projects lifespan 


liaison/communication with communities is 

maintained through the community relations 

officers 

6-4 

Responsib 

ility 

L SPDC During 

mobilizatio 

n 

L SPDC During 

mobilisatio 

n 

M SPDC During 

mobilisatio 

n 

Timing Parameter 

for 

monitorin 

g 

Journey 

manageme 

nt, site 

report, 

equipment 

certification 

& IVMS 

reports 

Monitoring 

frequency 

Monthly 

Site report Monthly 

Community 

engageme 

nt & CLO 

reports 

Monthly


Project 

Phase/Activ 

ity 

Constructio 

n 

Site 

preparation/ 

vegetation 

clearing 

Lay-down 

area 

preparation 


before 

mitigatio 

n 

Population increase due 

to influx of persons 



employment 

Gas well Spills, blow-outs and 

wastes 

Flowlines 

construction 

Accidents, injuries, third 

party agitations, 

reduction of soil quality 

and social vices 

M 

Actio 

n Ref. 

 


impact 

rating 

SPDC shall ensure access control is implemented 

at work site 

SPDC shall ensure health awareness 

campaigns are conducted for workforce on the 

risks of STIs from the services of CSWs to 

discourage patronage 




Positive SPDC shall encourage the use of host 






SPDC shall ensure compliance with all HSE 

policies and standards 

M SPDC shall comply with specifications and 

guidelines 








officers 


6-5 

L 

Responsib 

ility 

SPDC 


for 

monitorin 

g 

During 

constructio 

n & site 

preparation 

Positive SPDC During 

constructio 

n 

L SPDC During 

constructio 

n 

M SPDC During 

constructio 

n 

Commun 

ity 

engagem 

ent 

report 

Site 

inspectio 

n reports 

Contract 

documents/ 

register or 

list of 

community 

members 

employed 

Waste 

consignme 

nt note & 

site 

inspection/ 

audit 

reports 

Site 

incident & 

CLO 

reports 

Monitoring 

frequency 

Quarterly 

Quarterly 

Quarterly 

Quarterly


Project 

Phase/Activ 

ity 

Waste 

generation 

(Emissions, 

effluents & 

solids) 

Power 

supply 

Decommissi 

oning 

Operations 

Maintenance 

and reclearing 

of 

flowlines 

ROW 


before 

mitigatio 

n 

Soil, water 

contamination, 


Noise, fumes, third 

party agitations 

Increase in vehicular 

traffic, risk of accident 

and third party 

agitations 

Waste generation, 

biodiversity loss, 

accidents and incidents 

Actio 

n Ref. 


impact 

rating 

SPDC shall ensure awareness campaigns are 

conducted to enlighten field workers on the 

implications of alcohol/drug abuse, unprotected 

sex, prostitution and the need to sustain cultural 

values and low profile lifestyle 

Condoms shall be made available at the site clinic 

for workers 

Alcohol consumption & recreational drugs use 

shall be prohibited on site 

M SPDC shall comply with waste management 

specifications and guidelines (especially with 

regards to the discharges into the environment) 

SPDC shall deploy best practice and cleaner 

technologies that ensures emission reduction 

M SPDC shall deploy best practice and cleaner 





M SPDC shall ensure compliance with journey 

management procedures 




officers 


M 

SPDC shall comply with waste management 

guidelines & procedures 

SPDC shall ensure that vegetation clearing is 

limited to ROW 

SPDC shall ensure the use of appropriate PPE 

6-6 

Responsib 

ility 

L SPDC During 

constructio 

n 

L SPDC During 

constructio 

n 

L SPDC During 

constructio 

n 

L 

SPDC 


for 

monitorin 

g 

During 

operations 

Field in situ 

report and 

field site 

inspection 

report 

HI report 

(HIR) & 

CLO report 

IVMS 

report & 

CLO report 

Waste 

consignme 

nt note & 

field 

inspection 

report 

Monitoring 

frequency 

Supplies Increase in vehicular M SPDC shall ensure compliance with journey L SPDC During IVMS & Monthly 

Monthly 

Weekly 

Monthly 

Monthly


Project 

Phase/Activ 

ity 

(water, food, 

materials, 

chemicals, 

etc.) 

Energy 

requirements 

Labour 

requirements 

Waste 

generation 

(Emissions, 

effluents & 

solids) 


before 

mitigatio 

movement, road traffic 

accident, pressure on 

existing water and food 

stocks and third party 

agitation 

Noise, fumes, third 

party agitations 

Third party agitations, 

increase in social vices, 

pressure on 


Soil, water 



n 

Actio 

n Ref. 


impact 

rating 


SPDC shall ensure there is traffic control at 

strategic locations along the route 






officers 


M SPDC shall deploy best practice and cleaner 





M SPDC shall ensure effective 



officers 


SPDC shall ensure sourcing of relevant workforce 

from host communities. 

SPDC shall ensure appropriate enlightenment 

and access control 

SPDC shall ensure that adequate infrastructural 

facilities are provided to meet the demand. 






6-7 

Responsib 

ility 

L SPDC During 

operations 

L SPDC During 

operations 

L SPDC During 

operations 


for 

monitorin 

g 

operations journey 

manageme 

nt reports 

HI report 

(HIR) & 

CLO report 

Community 

engageme 

nt and CLO 

reports 

Waste 

consignme 

nt note & 

field in situ 

report 

Monitoring 

frequency 

Weekly 

Monthly 

Monthly


Project 

Phase/Activ 

ity 

Decommissi 

oning 

Inventorizati 

on & 

consultation 

Supplies 

(water, food, 

materials, 

chemicals, 

etc.) 

Transport & 

logistics 

Dismantling 

& packaging 


before 

mitigatio 

n 




accident, pressure on 

existing water and food 

stocks and third party 

agitation 



accident, and third party 

agitation 

Accidents & injuries, 

opportunity for 


employment, thirty party 

agitation 

M 

Actio 

n Ref. 

 


impact 

rating 




officers 


SPDC shall ensure appropriate enlightenment 

and access control 



SPDC shall ensure there is traffic control at 







officers 




SPDC shall ensure that there is traffic control at 







officers 


M SPDC shall ensure compliance with appropriate 

work procedure and HSE guidelines 




6-8 

L 

Responsib 

ility 

SPDC 


for 

monitorin 

g 

During 

decommiss 

ioning 

L SPDC During 

decommiss 

ioning 

L SPDC During 

decommiss 

ioning 

L SPDC During 

decommiss 

ioning 

Community 

engageme 

nt & CLO 

report 

Community 

engageme 

nt , CLO 

report. 

Journey 

manageme 

nt & HI 

reports 

Community 

engageme 

nt , CLO 

report. 

Journey 

manageme 

nt & HI 

reports 

Community 

engageme 

nt , CLO 

report. 

Journey 

Monitoring 

frequency 

Monthly 

Monthly 

Monthly 

Monthly


Project 

Phase/Activ 

ity 

Waste 

generation 

(Emissions, 

effluents & 

solids) 

Flowline 

installation 

Movement of 

goods 

Equipment 

& personnel 

Lay-down 

area 

preparation 


before 

mitigatio 

n 

Soil, water 



Increase in road traffic 

volume and risk of 

accidents/injuries 



employment 

Actio 

n Ref. 


impact 

rating 



officers 


SPDC shall deploy appropriate technology in 

dismantling and packaging. 






M 

SPDC shall ensure all vehicles are pre-mobbed 

and certified 

Visible warning signs shall be placed on roads 

and vehicles 

SPDC shall ensure that all drivers undergo the 

defensive driving course and are certified 

Vehicle monitoring and communication devices 

shall be installed in project vehicles 

SPDC shall ensure that journey management 

and no night driving policy are adhered to 

SPDC shall ensure compulsory medical fitness 

test for all drivers 



SPDC shall ensure sourcing of relevant workforce 

from host communities 

SPDC shall ensure access control is implemented 

at work site 



6-9 

Responsib 

ility 

L SPDC During 

decommiss 

ioning 

L 

SPDC 


for 

monitorin 

During 

flowline 

installation 

L SPDC During 

flowline 

installation 

g 

manageme 

nt & HI 

reports 

Waste 

consignme 

nt note & 

field in situ 

report 

Journey 

manageme 

nt & HI 

reports 

Community 

engageme 

nt and CLO 

report 

Monitoring 

frequency 

Monthly 

Monthly 

Monthly


Project 

Phase/Activ 

ity 

Excavation, 

removal of 

old flowlines 

and laying of 

new 

flowlines 


before 

mitigatio 

Accidents, injuries, third 

party agitations, 

reduction of soil quality 

and social vices 

n 

Actio 

n Ref. 


impact 

rating 






officers 


SPDC shall ensure awareness campaigns are 

conducted to enlighten field workers on the 

implications of alcohol/drug abuse, unprotected 

sex, prostitution and the need to sustain cultural 

values and low profile lifestyle 

Condoms shall be made available at the site 

clinic for workers 

Alcohol consumption & recreational drugs use 

shall be prohibited on site 

Welding Accidents & injuries, M SPDC shall ensure safe work practices 


NDT testing 

of welds 


Exposure to radiation M SPDC shall ensure compliance with all HSE 


Hydrotesting Effluent discharge, 

injuries 

Flushing of 

gas line 

Decommissi 

oning 

Increase in potential for 

soil and water 

contamination 


traffic, risk of accident 

and third party 

agitations 


M SPDC shall ensure compliance with all HSE 



SPDC shall ensure compliance with waste 

management guidelines for effluents 

M SPDC shall ensure compliance with waste 

management guidelines for effluents 






6-10 

Responsib 

ility 

M SPDC During 

flowline 

installation 

L SPDC During 

flowline 


for 

monitorin 

installation 

L SPDC During 

flowline 

installation 

L SPDC During 

flowline 

installation 

L SPDC During 

flowline 

installation 

L SPDC During 

flowline 

installation 

g 

Community 

engageme 

nt, CLO & 

incident 

reports 

HI & 

incident 

reports 

HI & 

incident 

reports 

HI & 

incident 

reports 

HI & 

incident 

reports 

Journey 

manageme 

nt, IVMS 

Community 

engageme 

Monitoring 

frequency 

Monthly 

Monthly 

Weekly 

Monthly 

Monthly 

Monthly


Project 

Phase/Activ 

ity 


before 

mitigatio 

n 

Actio 

n Ref. 


impact 

rating 

officers 


6-11 

Responsib 

ility 


for 

monitorin 

g 

nt and CLO 

reports 

Monitoring 

frequency

Chapter Seven Consultation 

CHAPTER SEVEN 

CONSULTATION 

7.1 General 

This chapter presents the details of consultations undertaken for the proposed Western Domestic Gas 

Supply Project/West African Gas Pipeline (WDGSP/WAGP) 

At Oben Field. 

It has been recognized in Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC) that apart 

from being a regulatory requirement, consultation is part of good business practice. 

In addition to regular consultation that is an integral part of the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field, the 

project team, held a series of stakeholder consultation sessions. The consultation sessions were in 

form of EIA scoping workshops, sensitisation of Edo State Government and Orhionmwon Local 

Government Council and engagement of stakeholders during data acquisition and open fora as part of 

the EIA studies. The stakeholders identified for the project and who participated in the various 

consultation sessions included communities within the project area, NGOs (Niger Delta Peace 

Coalition, Nigerian Environmental Society), regulators (DPR, FMEnv, Edo State Ministry of 

Environment), other government agencies, consultants, CBOs, media, etc. 

The objectives of the WDGSP/WAGP early consultation sessions are to: 

Get the stakeholders better informed of the proposed project 

Encourage meaningful participation of stakeholders in the EIA process 

Build mutual trust between stakeholders and SPDC 

Enable stakeholders’ issues and concerns to be identified early, analysed and evaluated 

Raise the comfort level of decision makers 

Bring different views on the project forward at the planning stage 

The fieldwork carried out as part of the EIA process for this project was done in partnership with host 

communities and community-based NGOs, both stakeholders having able representation in each EIA 

study teams, alongside regulators and the EIA consultants. 

The EIA scoping workshop and open forum was held as part of public consultation with stakeholders in 

Mega Hilton Hotel at Ekpan, Effurun on 7 th July 2005. The following communities (Iguelaba, Ikobi, 

Oben & Ogbozogbe-Nugu) identified as stakeholders participated during the exercise. 

Each community was represented by five (5) persons viz, the paramount ruler, one opinion leader/elder, 

Community Development Committee chairman, one youth leader and a women leader. Also in 

attendance were the representatives of DPR, Federal Ministry of Environment, Edo State Government 

and Orhionmwon Local Government Council, NGOs and Environmental Consultants. 

7.2 EIA Scoping Workshops 

The EIA scoping workshops were held on the 7 th of July, 2005 at Mega Hilton Hotel, Ekpan, Effurun.The 

Manager Land Area production, PWA (Rev. O.J.Agbarah) gave an overview of the Western Domestic 

Gas Supply Project/West African Gas Pipeline (WDGSP/WAGP) at Oben Field, the sustainable 

development approach and workshop objectives. Presentations were made on the EIA process, the 

importance of scoping EIA with stakeholders, intended scope for the biophysical, social and health 

studies and current status from literature surveys. A technical presentation on the proposed 

WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field that covered project/value drivers, objectives, benefits, existing facilities, 

project description and schedule was given by project Engineer-O.J. Ofili. The technical briefing was 

followed by illustration of the steps to be used in identifying stakeholders’ issues/concerns. This was 

7-1


followed by questions and answer sessions in which concerns and issues raised by the various 

stakeholders were responded to. After this, plenary sessions were held to identify the stakeholders to 

be involved in the project, and environmental, social and health issues to be addressed in the EIA. The 

scoping workshop was well attended and very successful with the following people in attendance; 

Oben, Ikobi, Obozogbe-Nugu and Iguelaba communities., the director Edo state Ministry of 

Environmental & Solid Minerals, Controller FMEnv Edo state, DPR, Orhionmwon L.G.A Vice Chairman, 

Orhionmwon L.G.A Personal Assistance, ,Orhionmwon L.G.A councillor, NGO, Environmental 

consultants, head government & public relations (Chief Akeni Charles)and other SPDC 

representatives.The feedback note on the workshops and attendance sheets are provided in Appendix 

6 

Pre-entry Stakeholder Sensitisation 

Stakeholder pre-entry engagement/ formalities in relation to the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field was 

implemented by two agents:- 

(a) The proponent, SPDC and 

(b) The EIA consultants. 

SPDC recognizes that stakeholder engagement and consultation is a continuous process and will be 

implemented throughout the life cycle of the project. For the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field, SPDC 

consulted with the regulators and the host communities as part of pre-entry formalities. 

All the relevant Governmental and non-governmental organizations, agencies, and communities have 

been and will continue to be consulted by SPDC as the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field progresses in 

line with statutory requirements and SPDC policy. 

The EIA consultants for the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field also carried out other pre-entry requirements 

by holding meetings and discussions with key segments of the host communities. Issues like roles and 

responsibilities of the consultant, SPDC obligations, and community expectations were discussed 

during these meetings. 

7.3 Community Expectations about the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field 

The expectations of the community in relation to this project are high. They were expecting that their 

Cottage hospital and water facilities would be provided with electricity. This they hoped would remove 

the burden of contributing money for the running the generators that power these facilities over the 

years. They were particularly strong in these expectations having known that this project is intended to 

provide gas for domestic consumption and supply to other West African countries. 

Other issues and expectations raised by the communities of the project area include: 

Employment of the indigenes by the company 

Provision of basic amenities like pipe-borne water and electricity 

Provision of Schools and award of scholarships to indigenes 

Provision of micro-credit facilities to boost economic activities in the communities 

7.4 Community Assistance/Community Development Projects 

The Oben communities have all benefited from SPDC Community Assistance/Community Development 

(CA/CD) programmes. A good number of social infrastructural facilities were provided to the 

communities. These are documented pictorially in Plates 27 - 34, covering the following projects: road, 

water, cottage hospital, markets, manpower training, schools, town hall, cassava mill, model farm, to 

mention a few. 

7-2


Plate 5: Access Road being used by a commercial vehicle 

Plate 6: Oben Potable Water Project 

7-3


Plate 7: Manpower Training 

Plate 8: Hospital Project 

7-4


Plate 9: Market 

Plate 10: Farming 

7-5


Plate 11: Manpower Training 

7-6

Chapter Eight Conclusion and References 

8.0 CONCLUSION 

CHAPTER EIGHT 

This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report was prepared adopting a multidisciplinary 

team approach consistent with the FMEnv Sectoral Guidelines for Oil and 

Gas Projects and the DPR’s Environmental Guidelines and Standards for Petroleum 

Industries in Nigeria. The EIA study involved detailed literature search, field 

observations and in situ measurements, field sampling, laboratory and data analyses, 

impact identification, evaluation and reporting. 

The WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field presents opportunity to monetize SPDC gas and 

secure the company’s ‘Licence to Operate’ (LTO) in Nigeria by developing existing gas 

resources and facilities to satisfy the gas purchase agreement (GPA) signed with N-Gas 

for the West African Gas Pipeline (WAGP) project, whilst maintaining supply/demand 

balance for existing gas contracts and commitments in the western domestic gas 

network in Nigeria. The Oben Gas Plant has the flexibility to support the low-pressure 

customers as well as supply at higher pressures to the ELPS and the Ajakouta Power 

Plant. 

Among other things the project is intended to: meet contractual gas demand of the 

Western Domestic Gas Market, secure additional sources of gas supply to the proposed 

West African Gas Pipeline (WAGP), develop large gas reserves and enhance SPDC 

reputation as a reliable gas supplier. 

The WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field is thus designed to ensure optimal utilisation and 

recovery of the huge gas deposits within the Oben Field. This will, in addition to 

increasing the national gas reserves, increase the national foreign earnings as well as 

boost SPDC gas production target. The project will also create employment 

opportunities and consequently increase the standard of living of many Nigerians. 

However, the EIA report has highlighted the potential and associated adverse impacts 

on the environment. These impacts are mainly short-term, residual, highly localized and 

reversible on the immediate environment. Also some aspects of the project are 

expected to elicit positive impacts on the environment. The EIA recommends that such 

positive impacts should be sustained and enhanced. 

Mitigation measures have been proffered for each of the identified potential and 

associated adverse impacts of the project. Also, an Environmental Management Plan 

(EMP) has been developed to ensure that the identified potential impacts can be 

reduced to “as low as practically reasonable” (ALARP). Most importantly, monitoring 

programmes and environmental auditing of the project have been recommended 

throughout its life span. This is to ensure that all impact indicators for the various 

environmental components at every phase of the project are within statutory limits. 

8-1


REFERENCES 

Adesida, A.A., Reijers, T.J.A. and Nwajide, C.S. (1997). Sequence stratigraphic framework of 

the Niger Delta. Submitted for publication, AAPG Bulletin. 

Agunloye, (1984). A theoretical analysis of groundwater flow in small drainage basins. Journal 

of Geophysical Research, volume 68, . 4795-4812. 

Akachukwu, C. O. (1997). Status of forest food plant and Environmental Management in South 

Eastern Nigeria. Forestry Association of Nigeria’s 1997 Annual Conference, Ibadan. 

Allen, J. R. L. (1964). The Nigeria continental margin: bottom sediments submarine morphology 

and geological evolution. Marine Geology 1: 289 – 332. 

Allen, J. R. L. (1965). Late Quaternary Niger Delta, and adjacent areas: sedimentary 

environments and lithofacies. AAPG Bull. V.49, V.1 547 – 600. 

Amanchukwu S. C., Obafemi A. and G. C. Okpokwasili (1989). Hydrocarbon Degradation 

and Utilisation by a Palmwine Yeast Isolate. FEMS Microbial Lett. 57: 151 – 154. 

Anderson, B. (1967), Report on the soils of the Niger Delta special area, Niger Delta 

Development Board, Port Harcourt. 

Angsupanich S. and Kuwabara, R.(1995). Macrobenthic fauna in the thale sap Songia, a 

Brackish Lake in in Southren Thailand. Lakes & Reservoir Research Vol. 1 (2): 115 – 

126. 

Ashoton-Jones, N. J. and Oronto N. D. (1994). Report to Statoil (Nigeria)Ltd.: Baseline 

Ecological Survey of the Niger Delta. Pro-Natura International. Lagos, Nigeria. 

Asomoa, G. K. (1973). Particles size and free iron oxide distribution on some latosols and 

ground water laterites of Ghana. Geodema. 10: 285 – 297. 

Baeckmann & Schwenk, (1975). Estimating groundwater recharge from stream hydrographs: 

Journal of Geophysical Research, volume 66, . 1203-1214. 

Bohn, H. L.; B. L. McNeal and G. A. O’Connor. (1979). Soil chemistry. A Willey-Interscience 

Pub. John Wiley and Sons, New York. 

Chemical Society of Britain (1975). Standards and Guidelines for waste management. John 

Wiley and Sons, Ltd. London. 

Concawe (1972). Methods for the Analysis of Oil in Water and Soil. Report No. 9/72. Stichitting 

Concawe. 

Conservation Foundation (1984). State of the Environment: an assessment at mid-decade. 

Washinton DC: The Conservation Foundation. 

Courant, R., Powel, C. B., Michel, J. (1985). Water Type classification for Niger Delta river and 

creeks waters. In the Petroleum Industry and the Nigerian Environment. Proceedings of 

an International Seminar Sponsored by the Federal Ministry of Works and Housing and 

the Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation. Nov. 11-14 th 1985, Durbar Hotel Kaduna, 

Kaduna State, Nigeria. 

Dahlin, Hess S., Duncan P. & Powell (1985). Composition of Phytoplankton and zooplankton 

communities in the Niger Delta: 217-229. 

8-2


Dee, N., Baker, J. K., Drobry, N. L., Duke, K. M. and Fahringer, D. (1973). Environmental 

Evaluation System for Water Resources Planning. Final Report. Battlelle Columbus 

Labs., Columbus, Ohio, U. S. A. pp.183. 

Donahue, R. L., R. W. Miller and J. C. Schicklama. (1983). Soils: An introduction to soils and 

plant growth. 5 th ed. Prentice Hall. Inc. Eaglewood, New York. 

Edem, S. O. and B. A. Ndon. (2001). Evaluation of management properties of wet land soils of 

Akwa Ibom State, Nigeria for sustainable crop production. J. Appl. Chem and Agric. Res. 

7: 26 – 36. 

EGASPIN (2002). Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry. 

Department of Petroleum Resources, Ministry of Petroleum Resources, Lagos. 

Evamy, B.D. et. Al. (1976). The hydrocarbon habitat of the Niger Delta. Exploration Bulletin 252 

(1990/5). 

FAO (1993). Nigeria Intergrated Rural Fisheries Development. Project findings and 

Recommendations. UNDP/FAO. FI:DP/NIR/87/010, Terminal Report, FAO, 

Rome, 29 pp. 

FAO, (1994) Mangrove forest management guidelines. FAO forestry paper, no. 17, Rome, 

319 pp. 

Federal Department of Meteorological Services (Nigerian Metrological Agency) 

FEPA (1991): National Guidelines and Standards for Industrial Effluents, Gaseous Emissions 

and Hazardous Wastes Management in Nigeria. 59 – 66. 

FEPA, (1994) Draft Procedural Guidelines for EIA studies. 

Food and Agriculture Organization. (1974). FAO – UNESCO Soils Map of the world. Vol. 1: 

Legend. Paris UNESCO. 

Greig-Smith, P. (1988). Quantitative Plant Ecology 2 nd edition. Wiley Eastern Limited, New 

Delhi. 413pp. http: // Inweb 18.Worldbank.org 

Ibia, T. O. (1994). Evaluation of the phosphorus status of soils of Akwa Ibom State, Nigeria. 

Ph.D. Thesis, University of Ibadan, Nigeria. 

Industrial and Energy Operations Division, West Central Africa Department (1995). Defining an 

Environmental Developmrnt Strategy for the Niger Deltal Vol. I and II. 

King, C. A. M. (1975). Introduction to Physical Oceanography. 2nd Edition Vol. 2, Edmund 

Arnold Pub. London. 

Leopold, L. B., Clarke, F. E., Hanshaw; B. B. and Balsley, J. R. (1971). A Procedure for 

Evaluating Environmental Impacts. US Geological Survey Circular 645. Department of 

Interior, Washington, D. C., 13p. 

Longhurst, A. R. (1965). The coastal oceanography of the Gulf of Guinea Bull. IFAN XXVI No.2 

Lee, N., George, C. (2000). Environmental Assessment in Developing Transitional Countries. 

John Wiley and Sons, Ltd. London. 

8-3


Maidment, D.R. and Reed, S.M. (1996). Soil water balance in West Africa. FAO/UNESCO 

Water Balance of Africa. 

Mc. Harg, I. A. (1968). Comprehensive Highway Route Selection Methods. Highway Res. 

Record No.246, pp. 1 – 5. 

NEST. (1991). Nigeria’s Threatened Environment. A National Profile. Nigerian Environmental 

Study and Action Team, Lagos. 

Nigerian Population Census, (1991). Nation Population Commission Archives Asaba. 

Odu, C.T.I., Nwoboshi, L.C., Esuruoso, O. F., Ogunwale, J.A. and Chindah, A. (1987). 

Environmental Study of the Nigerian Agip Kwale Plant. Submitted to Nigerian Agip Oil 

Company. 

Odum, E.P. (1971). Fundamantals of Ecology. 3 rd Edition Saunders Coy, Philadelphia, 574P. 

Oomkens, E. (1974). Lithofacies relations in the late quarternary Niger Delta complex. 

Sedimentology 21, 195 – 222. 

Oosting, H.J. (1956). The Study of Plan Communities. Introd. to plant Ecology. 2 nd Edition. 

W.H. freeman & Co. San franscisco. 440p. 

Peterson , G. L., Gemmel, R. S., and Shofer, J. L. (1974) Assessment of Environmental Impact, 

Multiple Disciplinary Judgement of large scale projects. 218: 23 – 30. 

Powel, C. B. (1996). Wildlife Study 1. Report to the Environmental Affairs Department, SPDC 

of Nigeria, Port Harcourt, Nigeria. 

Raunkareir, C. (1934). The Life Form of Plants and Statistics Plant Geography. Clarendos 

Press, Oxford. 

Reis, J. C. (1996). Environmental Control in Petroleum Engineering. Houston Gulf Publishing 

Company. 

Reijers, T.J.A. (1994). Selected Chapters on Geology. Sedimentary Geology and sequence 

stratigraphy in Nigeria and three case studies and a field guide. 

Reijers, T.J.A., Nwajide, C.S., and Adesida, A.A. (1997). Sedimentology and Lithostratigraphy of 

the Niger Delta. Paper presented at the AAPG conference, Vienna (September 1997) 

and the NAPE Conference, Lagos (November, 1997). 

Rennet, (1976), Hydrology for Engineers. New York. McGraw-Hill. 

RPI, (1985). Environmental baseline studies for the establishment of control criteria and 

standards against petroleum related pollution in Nigeria. Research Planning Institute, 

Inc. Columbia, South Caolina, USA. 

SAGE Engineering AG for Mobil Producing Nigeria Unlimited’s Omon/Usari, ( 1994). 

Sokal, R.R. and Rohlf, F. J. (1995). Biometry. Colt Freeman and Company, New York. 887pp. 

The Mineral Oil Safety Regulations: 1969 Petroleum Act, revised 1995. 

Tobor, J. G. (1991). The fishing industry in Nigeria. Status and potential for self sufficiency 

in fish production. NIOMR tech. Paper No. 54. NIOMR Lagos 33pp. 

8-4


UNEP. (1985). The impact of Water based Drilling Mud discharges on the Environment. Industry 

and Environment Overviews Series. 

Van Wambeke, A. R. (1962). Criteria for classifying tropical soils by age. J. Soil Sci. 13:124 – 

132. 

Wahden, A. A., M. M. El-Bahal and A. A. Moustafa. (1984). Drainage effect on root distribution 

systems. Egypt. J. Soil Sci. 24: 201 – 208. 

Wathern, P. (1986). Environmental Impact Assessment (Theory and Practice). John Wiley & 

Sons Ltd. 17-97. 

Whiteman, A. (1982). Nigeria: its petroleum geology, resources and potential. 2 volumes. 

Graham and Trotman, 394pp. 

Zar, J. H. (1984). Biostatistical Analysis 2 nd edition. Prentice Hall, London. 

8-5

Environmental Impact Assessment of OBEN GAS DEVELOPMENT PROJECT 

FMENV COMMENTS UPDATE STATUS 

PAGE FMENV COMMENTS STATUS 

1. Executive summary 

VOC is volatile organic compounds not Corrected 

Page xii list of 

abbreviations 

and acronyms 

volatile organic carbon 

Page xiii. list of EIA prepared SPDC representatives, 

there is a repetition 

of the first two names. 

Deleted 

Page Xv, 1.2, legal and administrative framework, of what 

relevance are Rivers State environmental 

protection agency Edict No.2 (1994) and 

Bayelsa State environmental and 

development planning edict (1999) to a 

project located in Edo State. No mention 

was made of the relevance Edicts in Edo 

State. 

Page xvi 1.4 

project location, 

2. CHAPTER ONE 

Page 1-3, 2nd 

paragraph, " 

the location should have been done in 

relation to Benin city instead of Warri. 

Oil production started in 1974 and peaked 

at 40 bopd in 1985 and was declined to 

1.3 Mbopd with a very significant loss 

in the numbers of wells 204 as a result of 

interventions” (insert location 

map) showing Oben field. 

Page 1-6, forestry law CAP 52 1994, cross check 

the statement that the 

forestry law CAP 52 of Lagos is the only 

substantive legislation 

applicable to all part of the federation. 

There is the Bendel State forestry 

Edict applicable to present Edo and Delta 

State. 

3. CHAPTER TWO 

The Sources of all their tables in this 

chapter should be provided. This 

became important since all the data for 

the study are not from the same 

source. 

Page 3-4 3.2,4 land use and agriculture, through land use 

pattern could be presented in maps, a 

percentage distribution of the land use 

will give a better analytical picture. 

Page 1 of 5 

Edo State Forestry Law is 

imputed 

Corrected 

Tables were generated during 

Field study and Location Map 

has been inserted. 

Edo State Forestry Law is 

imputed 

Sources included where they 

were not derived from the fied 

study 

Inserted a Table,a Pie Chart and 

a Bar Chart of the Percentage 

Distribution of Land use Pattern 

Page 3-6, 3-7



Page 7-3, plate 6 "Oben potable water project" should be 

"Oben potable water project". 

4. ECOLOGY – DR ZUOFA 

Ecological aspect of the report appears to 

be a one season study as 

shown by various results presented in 

tasks. How can this be justified ? 

The sampling map in Appendix I appears 

not to be clear on the number of sampling 

points. Find adequate coverage of the 

proposed 

project site. How many why samplings 

for vegetation? Did you 

provide sampling points coordinates for 

soil on page A-4 and not 

for other parameters. 

Page 3-5 "The land use Map" of Oben field Area 

identified forest 

Reserve as one of the major element of 

the founding Environment 

(a) How far is the undisturbed forest to 

the gas plant 

(b) Is there any activity of the proposed 

project (like flowline 

flares that may constitute to the 

deterioration of ambient environment etc) 

that will transverse impact undisturbed 

forest. 

Page 3-9 to 3-11, 

on tables 3.6. 3.7, 

3.8. 

The density and percentage 

of the key tree species and herbaceous 

layer were determined but 

column rare and endangered plant species 

were not provided. 

5. AQUATIC STUDIES 

Page A-6 Appendix A barrow pit and Jamieson River (until 

rare 

sampled for surface water, photoplankton, 

zooplankton, benthos 

and micro biological analysis. 

(a) The distance of gas plant to Jamieson 

River (control) should 

be stated, as certain portion of the report 

stated 7Km while in 

another section of the report it is 15km. 

(b) The composites water samples taken 

for surface water, 

photoplankton, zooplankton, bel1thos and 

microbiological 

Page 2 of 5 

Corrected 

Seasonal variation updated. 

Sampling map has been updated 

and now shows sampling points 

for ecological parameters listed. 

Coordinates for other parameter 

s included. (See sampling map) 

(a)The distance between the 

undisturbed forest to the gas 

plant is between 3-4 km. 

(b) Addressed in paragraph 3 of 

page 3-5 

Updated. Pages 3-11, 3-12, 3-13, 

3-14 

Ecological data from Jamieson 

River and burrow pit updated. 

Pages 3-16, 3-17, 3-18, 3-19, 3- 

20, 3-21, 3-22, 3-23 

Distance is 7km (Corrected) 

Water data quality of Jamieson 

River represents surface water 

quality of the area. Tables 3.11a 

& 3.11b. Pages 3-16, 3-17, 3-18



analysis in borrow pit could not haee 

provided as standard 

representative of the water body in the 

area for a good result 

How many sampling point for water 

surface? 

The species diversity indices of the 

phytoplankton and 

zooplankton are generally low, which 

may be as a result the 

source of tile composite samples. 

River Jemison may be more authentic as 

stated on tables 3.12 & . 

3.13 for surface water samples. Page 3- 

13, 

Table 3.9 on wildlife 

should be roused to include a column on 

rare und endangered spp. 

Page 3.2.3 “soil studies" lines 1-3, the statement that 

"the dominant 

texture is loamy sand with a mean 

percentage sand of 83.2% (Table 3.3) 

but from table 3.3 "physiochemical 

characteristics of soil in the Oben field" 

the particle size analyses (sand, silt and 

clay) and not loamy soil it 

is better to say that “sand” is the dominant 

component of 83.2%" instead 

of loamy sand. 

The source and date of data acquisition of 

tables 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 

3.10, 3.11. 3.12, 3.13 should be stated. 

Result for stations BH2 and BH3 on page 

3-14. table 3.10 not shown. 

The aspect of the report reviewed contain 

most of the essential 

components of an EIA study and 

reasonably well executed. However, 

in addition to the observations stated 

above (under Ecology) many 

typographical errors were noted in the 

report. 

Page 3 of 5 

One point (composite sample) at 

Jamieson River and one point at 

Burrow pit. Table 3.13a & 

3.13b. pp 3-20, 3-21 

Updated 

Updated 

Corrected. See section 3.2.3 p 3- 

3 

See 3-1 for date. 

Acquisition was through field 

study 

Corrected. See Table 3.18, p 3- 

27 

Corrected.



6. SOCIO-ECONOMIC COMMENTS ON THE ENVIRONMENTAL 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) OF THE PROPOSED DOMESTIC 

GAS SUPPLY PROJECT/WEST AFRICA GAS PIPELINE BY 

SPDC 

I have gone through the draft EIA report 

on the proposed project with 

specific reference to the socio economic 

aspects. The socio-economic 

section provides an adequate overview of 

the study devout just a few 

pages to this important aspect. This an 

attempt by SPDC to follow the 

global paradigm shift to more emphasis 

on the social, economic and 

health impacts of development projects. 

However there are some specific 

gaps to be filled. 

Page 3-22. under political and socio-cultural history, 

it is stated that 

the geographic locations and some of the 

features of the host 

communities are shown in table 3.14. the 

table does not show the 

geographic features rather if presents the 

demographic structure. 

Also page 3-23, under demographic characteristics the 

1991 

population figures of these communities 

should have been presented 

and the figures projected to year 2006 

based on the population growth 

rates for such settlements. 

Page 3-23, figure 

3.4 

The sample size is very small for the 

required inference to be made 

does not show the 2005 projected 

population as stated in section 3.2.2, the 

figure presents the population distribution 

by age. 

In the figure 3.4, shows that there is no 

one between the age of 16-24 

in lkobi cross check this. 

Page 3-27. 3.3.6.3, personal incomes, the 

table 3.20 presents an 

income level that seems unrealistic and 

unlike what obtains in other 

parts of the Niger Delta. With over 60.9% 

Page 4 of 5 

Corrected. See Table 3.19, p 3- 

28 

Updated – see Table 3.19 

See table 3.19 

The lowest age evaluated is 21 

years 

Updated. See Table 3.26, Fig. 

3.6, pp 3-33, 3-34



earning less than 

NI0,000.00 per annum (which is less than 

N1,000 per month) for 

communities with about 6 persons per 

household. There is need to re- 

examine the figures. 

Page 3-30 community concerns, needs 

and areas of assistance, the 

report presents the various needs of the 

communities which are 

employment, market, town ha11, microcredit, 

electricity, industry, 

health centre, water, schools, others but 

silent on what will be done to 

meet some of these needs. 

Page 5 of 5 

Figures corrected 

See Table 3.26 

Document focus is on mitigation 

of identified potential impact. 

See mitigation on chapters 5.

1 Mobilization 

Air quality 

Light/Solar radiation 

Level of Noise/ vibration 

Surface water quality 

Groundwater table / Quality 

Soil quality 

Household water quality 

Access to household water 

Access to forests 

Availability of markets for forestry products 

Access to farm lands 

Availability of markets for agricultural products 

Quality of habitat 

Biodiversity resource 

Freshwater system 

Rainforest system 

Farmland system 

Sense of Place / Wellbeing 

Traditional value of land 

Access to ancestral and culturally significant sites 

Traditional occupations 

Level of income & financial flows 

Cost of living / inflation 

Opportunities for contracting and procurement 

Opportunities for local and national employment 

Access to housing 

Access to transport 

Access to roads 

Access to electricity 

Access to communication facilities 

Access to learning and education facilities 

Access to recreational facilities 

Access to sanitation and waste mgt facilities 

Balance in gender 

aA aB aC aD aE aF aG aH aL aM aN aO aP aQ aR aU aV aW aX aY aZ bA bB bC bD bE bF bG bH bI bJ bK bL bM bN bO bQ bR bS bT bU bV bW bX bY bZ cA cB cC cD cE cF cG cH cI cJ cK cL cQ cR cS cT cU cV cW cX cY 

1.1 Pre-mobilization x x x x x x x 

1.2 Erection of lay down area x x x x x * x * * x x x x x x x x x x * x x 

1.3 Movement of equipments and personnel x x x x * x * * x x x x x x x x x x * x 

2 Water Supply 

2.1 

For human consumption community and construction staff 

(washing, drinking, cooking, laundry etc) X * * * * X X * X * 

2.2 For Construction. * * * X * 

3 Supply of Food and other Consumables 

3.1 Food and other consumables for construction workers * * * * X * X * * * * X * 

4 Supply of Construction Equipment & Materials 

4.1 Materials for drilling accessories and flowlines X X * X * * * X X X X X * 

4.2 Chemicals used in construction activities, including drilling X X * X * * * X X X X X * 

5 Energy Requirement 

5.1 

Provision of energy for construction activities with electrical 

generating sets X X * * * X 

6 Labour Requirement 

6.1 Supply of Labour x * x * * x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x * x x x * x * x x x 

7 Site preparation 

7.1 Vegetation clearing x x x x x x x x x x x * x * * x x x x x x x * x 

8 

Construction / Drilling Activities 

8.1 Contractor camps x x x x x X x x x * x * * x * * * * * * x x x x x x x x x x x x x * x x x x 

8.2 Gas Well X x X x x x x x X X * X * * X X X X X X x X x X X X X X X * X X X X 

8.3 Flowlines X x x x x x X * X * * x X X X X X X x X X X X X X X X * X X X X X 

9 Waste Generation-Emmisions 

9.1 Construction dust and emmisions x x X X x x x x x x 

9.2 Vehicle and heavy machinery gaseous emissions x x X X x x x x x x 

10 Waste Generation -Effluents 

10.1 Effluents from construction activities x x x x x x x X X x x 

10.2 

Sewage and domestic (kitchen) effluent from construction 

camps 

Hydrotest water 

x x x x x x x X X x x 

10.3 

X X X X X X X X X X X 

11 Wastes Generation- Solid 

11.1 

Construction and drilling wastes (drill cuttings, spent woods 

and waste pipes) X X x X X X X X x * x * * X x x x x x 

11.2 Camp domestic waste X X x X X X X X x * x * * X x x x x x x 

11.3 

Spent chemicals, plastic, wooden, paper and metal 

containers. X X x X X X X X x * x * * X x x x x x x 

12 Power Supply 

12.1 Generator use x x x x x * * * x X X x 

13 Generation of Nuisance 

13.1 Construction noise & vibration x x x x x x x 

13.2 Traffic noise & vibration x x x x x x x 

13.3 Construction worker camp noise x x x x x x x 

13.4 Construction lighting x x x x 

13.5 Residential lighting x x x x 

14 Incidents 

14.1 

Project Activities and Sensitivities Matrix 

for Construction 

Construction 

Physico-chemical 

environment 

NATURAL ENVIRONMENT SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT 

STAKEHOLDER "ENVIRONMENT" 

Biological Environment 

Socio-economic environment Socio-cultural environment Issues (that were not already identified 

Protecting the Production Function Protecting Integrity Supporting economic 

Protecting resources Protecting health 

Supporting social equity Protecting 

as sensitivities) 

House 

Mixed 

water Forestry 

farming 

provision 

Social 

Ecosys. 

Ecosystem function ecosystem 

comp. 

function 

development 

Protecting and 

supporting the built 

environment 

Protecting and supporting the social 


Protecting and controlling health determinants 

Direct health protection 

integrity 

Unintended release of contaminants (e.g. fuel, chemicals, 

sewage etc) X x x x x x x x X X X * x * * x X X X X x * 

Balance in age 

Ethnic balance 

Functioning of family structure & trad. institutions 

Functioning of Government services 

Healthy and clean housing and living conditions 

Access to a clean drinking water 

Access to a nutritious and healthy diet 

Exposure to nuisance (dust, noise etc.) 

Level of disease vectors 

Exposure to STIs/HIV/AIDS 

Exposure to Road Traffic Accidents 

Mortality Rate 

Morbidity Rate 

Lifestyle 

Alcohol and drugs abuse/violence 

Physical activity 

Personal Hygiene 

Exposure to commercial sex workers 

Access to primary health care 

Access to secondary health care 

Access to traditional medicine 

Access to emergency services 

Access to voluntary health organisations 

Respect for human rights 

Respect for labour rights 

Promoting equal opportunities 

Promoting opportunities for representation/ 

participation 


Poverty alleviation 

Morals and family values 

Cultural values and languages 

Religious / Traditional structures and customs 

Exposure to bees/snakes, scopions, wild life,etc.

APPENDIX I (Maps) 

Appendixes 

A-1

Appendixes 

APPENDIX 2 

METHODOLOGIES FOR BASELINE DATA ACQUISITION 

METHODOLOGY FOR FIELD WORK 

2.1 General 

The field work was undertaken between 22 nd - 25 th November 2005 and 13 th –19 th March 2006. The interdisciplinary 

field study covered data acquisition on climate and meteorology, air quality and noise, soil, 

vegetation, water quality, hydrogeology, wildlife, socio-economic and health assessment. Each of these 

components of the environment was sampled in accordance with DPR EGASPIN (2003) (Part VIII) D (2) 

sampling and handling of samples. 

QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL 

The quality assurance rogramme covers all aspects of the study, including sample collection, 

handling, laboratory analysis, data coding and manipulation, statistical analysis, presentation and 

communication of results. 

4.1.2 Sample Collection and Handling 

This was carried out as far as possible in accordance with DPR (1991) Guidelines and Standards 

(Part (VIII) D(2) (Sampling & Handling of Samples). Where logistic and safety considerations 

precluded strict compliance with the above guidelines and standards, other proven, scientifically 

acceptable methods of sample collection and handling were used. 

4.1.3 Laboratory Analysis 

The methods of analysis used were those specified in DPR Guidelines and Standards and other 

International Analytical Standards such as APHA for water quality. Trace metal analysis was done 

using Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer duly calibrated using standards. Physicochemical 

parameters were determined using DREL 2000 HACH Spectrophotometer and Orion ISE Meter 

Model 710A, duly calibrated with standards, as well as Flame Photometer. Other equipments 

used in analysis include pH, Dissolved Oxygen, TDS and Conductivity meters. A number of other 

physico-chemical parameters (DO, BOD, etc.) were determined titrimetrically. 

4.1.4 Statistical Analysis 

Errors in field data include those resulting from the instrument and those introduced by the 

observer. With proper, sustained calibration of the instrument and the use of standardized 

observational procedures, equipment errors were brought to acceptable minima. However, other 

errors arise from the method of sampling. Errors often arise from two-stage sampling or sub 

sampling, or even from the fact that the samples collected are not representative samples of the 

medium. There are also spatial variations of the same medium, e.g. soil and water. Thus, it is 

necessary to determine the true mean and the estimated variance among the number of samples 

taken, so as to establish a reasonable level of confidence in the results obtained. A good result is 

obtained when the variance is within 5% of the mean. 

4.1.5 Data Coding and Manipulation 

EIA studies in most developing countries where reliable data banks are non-existent, invariably 

involve acquisition of large amounts of baseline data. To ensure preservation of the integrity of 

data collected, data coding forms for use in the field, were designed in such a way that field data 

could be directly entered into computer data sheets. 

Since their analysis may be required in legal proceeding, it is essential to establish sample 

authenticity. Samples were properly sealed and labeled. All data collected were labeled and 

information such as the following were provided: 

A-2

Appendixes 

• Identification code or sample number 

• Date and time of sampling 

• Description of sample 

• Methods of sampling 

• Particulars of any photographs taken. 

Where samples were sent to another laboratory for examination, a duplicate copy of this 

information was sent along with the samples. All movements of the samples were included on 

the samples record. Basic information were recorded together with results of analysis in a 

register. 

The details of the methodology of data acquisition for each of the environmental components listed above are 

discussed as follows: 

Climate and Meteorology 

The study programme involved field measurement, collection and analysis of existing long term historical data 

from Benin City synoptic station, the nearest meteorological station to the Oben field. The following 

meteorological elements; temperature, relative humidity, wind speed and direction, rainfall pattern and 

distribution were determined. 

Temperature was monitored using thermo-anemometers, relative humidity with a self-recording hair 

hygrograph, rainfall with a rain gauge, wind speed with a cup anemometer and wind direction with a wind vane. 

Air quality 

The same sites used for meteorological data acquisition were used for air quality and noise level studies. 

Digital air quality equipment (Photoionization Detector - Perkin Elmer model; ToxiRae Detector - Toxi model 

and MicroDust pro - Trem model) were used to determine the concentrations of SOx, NOx, VOC, SPM and 

CO2 in the air. At each sampling station readings were taken continuously for 15 minutes and extrapolated to 

give an hourly reading for three hours per sampling site taken as three replicate readings. 

Noise 

Noise levels at various distances from point sources were measured using a decibel noise meter - Sound 

Level Meter : model SC 200L . Measurements were taken for 15 minutes at each point. The ranges of the 

noise level were noted and the true mean computed. (The 15 minutes interval per every reading is a 

quality control measures to take care of fall-out reading caused by vehicular movements) 

Soil studies 

The sampling points were initially pre-determined during desktop studies using maps and other materials 

provided by Shell. However, during the field study, the exact positions of the sampling points were slightly 

modified at some sites as a result of factors such as accessibility, nature of terrain, the ability of the Global 

Positioning System (GPS) to receive signals and safety considerations. 

Field Sampling 

The field was divided into grids and composite soil samples were colleted from these grids. At each point, 

samples were collected at two depths (0-15 and 15-30) using a stainless steel hand auger. The samples 

were placed in black polythene bags and stored in containers. Soil samples for microbiological analysis was 

taken with aluminum foil and stored in ice-chest. A total of twenty two (22 i.e. 8 composite samples of top and 

subsurface soil, and 3 composite random samples) soil samples were collected. The co-ordinates and 

physical descriptions of the soil samples are shown in the table below. 

A-3

Appendixes 

SOIL NORTHINGS EASTINGS SOIL TEXTURE 

S/N CODE 

COLOUR 

1. SS12 223098 382332 Brown Loamy Sand 

2. SS12 ,, ,, ,, ,, 


4. SS22 ,, ,, ,, ,, 


6. SS32 ,, ,, ,, ,, 


8. SS42 ,, ,, ,, ,, 

9. SS51 222432 382537 Red Sandy Clay 

10. SS52 ,, ,, ,, ,, 

11. SS61 223036 382084 Brown Loamy 

12. SS62 ,, ,, ,, ,, 

13. SST1 222860 381530 Brown Loamy Sand 

14. SST2 ,, ,, ,, ,, 


16. SS82 ,, ,, ,, ,, 

17. RSS11 223791 381592 Brown Loamy Sand 

18. RSS12 ,, ,, Red ,, 

19. RSS21 224046 386475 Red Sandy Clay 

20. RSS22 ,, ,, ,, ,, 

21. RSS31 220393 3853438 Dark Sandy Loam 

22. RSS32 ,, ,, Red ,, 

Laboratory Analysis 

A combination of standard on site measuring requirement and the DPR EGASPIN 2002 recommended 

analytical procedures (Part VIII Section D, 2.0) were used in this EIA study. Aquatic (biological and physicochemical) 

parameters were subjected to APHA analytical procedures for water quality. Trace metals will be 

analysed using Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer (AAS). Analysis of all samples will carried out in DPR 

accredited laboratories (i.e. Thermosteel laboratories for all physico-chemical and microbiological analysis). All 

analysis were carried out in triplicate and subjected to statistical analysis. 

Land use and agriculture 

The land use of the area was determined using land use map and time-lapse analysis of the satellite 

imageries of the Oben field. This was augmented with visual assessment of various activities relating to land 

use in the area. Also farmers, hunters and timber lumbers were interviewed to further determine the various 

types of land use. 

A-4

Vegetation 

Appendixes 

Vegetation studies were carried out at the same sampling stations with soil studies to determine the 

species composition, diversity, and population of plant species as well as their health status (plant 

pathology). The density and percentage of the key tree species and the herbaceous layer were 

determined while rare and endangered plant species and all those of special significance to the ecosystem 

and the local economy were categorized (Oosting, 1956). The species diversity of the plants was 

calculated as the ratio between the number of species and “importance value” which, for the purpose of 

this study, were taken as the number of individuals per quadrant (Odum, 1971). 

The vegetation studies were carried out using a combination of line transects and quadrant sampling 

technique. At each sampling location, two quadrants measuring 10m x 10m and 1m x 1m were used to 

study trees and shrubs, and herbs respectively. The plant community structure was observed and the 

plant species within each quadrant were identified. The floral and vegetative parts of unidentified plant 

species were collected, pressed in the field with herbarium press, and taken to the laboratory for 

herbarium studies and identification. The population of the dominant plant species in each quadrant was 

determined by counting. 

The life form spectra of the various plant communities within each of the sampling locations was analysed 

using the Raunkerian life form classification scheme ( which divides the life form into the following: 

PHANEROPHYTES (Woody Plants) 

- Megaphanerophytes (Mgp) - Trees over 30m high 

- Mesophanerophytes (Mep) - Trees from 8 - 30m high 

- Microphanerophytes (Mip) - Trees and shrubs 2 - 8m high 

- Nanophanerophytes (Nanop) - Shrubs under 2m high 

EPIPHYTES (Epi) - Air plants with no roots in the soil. 

CHAMAEPHYTES (Ch) - Plants with surviving buds close to the ground surface. In this 

study, climbers were included in this class. 

HEMICRYTOPHYTES (Her) - Plants with surviving buds at the ground level. 

CRYPTOPHYTES (Cry) - Plants with surviving buds below the ground level. This includes 

rhizomes, corms, tubers and geophytes. 

THEROPHYTES (The) - These are annual plants. Mature leaves of the commonest plants were 

collected for plant tissue analyses. 

Pathological investigations were carried out by moving across each of the various micro ecotypes and farms 

within and around the sampling locations. This was aimed at determining, as well as listing the pests and 

A-5

Appendixes 

diseases of crops. Disease severity for each crop was determined by the use of standard disease severity 

index expressed as infection indices. 

Table 1.1: Infection indices for different levels of disease severity 

Infection Index Description 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

No infection 

Very light infection 

Moderate infection 

Severe infection 

Very severe infection 

Diseased plant/crop parts were aseptically collected using a sharp knife into sterilized polythene bags for 

further pathological studies in the laboratory. 

Photographs were taken of the key vegetation types and other features of interest 

Wildlife 

The wildlife studies was carried out using the following: 

• Visual observation and documentation of their droppings 

• Oral discussions with natives of the study area 

• Tree beating, purpose mark, feathers, shells etc. 

• Observation of wildlife sold in the local market by hunters. 

Information on available species and relative abundance were also obtained through oral interview and 

discussion with indigenous hunters. 

The following parameters were particularly considered in the study: 

* Species composition/abundance 

* Reproduction method 

* Feeding method 

• Wildlife 

Aquatic studies 

A borrow pit and Jamieson River (as control) were sampled for surface water, phytoplankton, zooplankton, 

benthos and microbiological analyses. 

Sampling Methodology 

At each water sampling station, composite water samples were taken from the surface of the water body and 

mixed. The resulting sample was poured into appropriate sample bottles , preserved as appropriate (viz. 

A-6

Appendixes 

acidified to a pH of 1.5 for heavy metal analysis and the others kept at 4 o C) and then transported to the 

laboratory for analyses. 

Water temperature was measured in situ using Radiometer, while transparency was determined with a 

Turbidimeter. Sample for dissolved oxygen (DO) was fixed in the field using 1.0 ml each of Winkler’s Solutions 

A and B (APHA, 1989). 

Samples for BOD5 determination were collected in black 250ml reagent bottles and taken to the laboratory for a 

five-day incubation, fixing and analysis. 

Hydrogen-ion concentration (pH) , conductivity, turbidity, salinity, and total dissolved solids were measured in 

situ using Radiometer (portable digital meters). 

Dissolved oxygen and BOD5 samples were analysed in the laboratory using the Winkler’s titrimetric method. 

i. Phytoplankton and Zooplankton 

Composite samples were taken quantitatively by filtering 100 litres of water through 55µm Hydrobios plankton 

net. All samples were preserved in 4% buffered formaldehyde in labeled polyethylene bottles and taken to the 

laboratory for analysis. 

ii. Benthic fauna 

The light dredge or Ekman grab was used in sampling benthic fauna. The grab samples were sieved at the 

station using 500µm sieve and preserved using 4% buffered formaldehyde. The labeled samples were taken to 

the laboratory for analysis. 

Hydrogeology and hydrology 

A total of five (5) environmental boreholes were investigated but samples were collected from three existing 

boreholes for in-situ measurements. The water bearing rocks (aquifer) are generally shallow and the static 

water levels in the area range between 13.21m-14.53m. The subsurface materials consist of topsoils which are 

brownish in colour and predominantly silty sands followed by sands of different grain sizes and shapes. 

Groundwater Sampling 

The modified HACH groundwater sampler was used to collect samples after flushing the holes. In- situ 

measurements for pH, temperature, conductivity, salinity, TDS and Turbidity were conducted for these 

samples. 

The insitu measurements were taken with the aid of Turbidimeter and Radiometer respectively for Turbidity, 

TDS, DO, pH ,Salinity and Electrical Conductivity. Here data were collected by filling water sample into a 

sample cell and the equipment’s nob was press to boot on. The sample cell with water sample was inserted 

into the equipment and the READ command prompted for data analysis. 

Groundwater Flow Direction 

The direction of groundwater flow in the project was determined using the three existing environmental 

boreholes. The boreholes were located in a triangular manner and the static level was measured in each with 

Fisher Model WLT electric water level indicator. 

A-7

Appendixes 

The elevation of each borehole above mean sea level was also measured. The water in each borehole was 

subtracted from the elevation of the borehole point to obtain the total head of water in the borehole. 

The boreholes were then located on the map and a triangle was drawn on the map with the boreholes and their 

respective total head value at the apices. Equipotential lines were drawn using the total head data, and 

perpendicular lines drawn to these equipotential lines gave groundwater flow direction in the area. 

The groundwater flow direction in this area is from the North to the Southern direction, and the flow rate is 

1.2m/s. 

Socio-economic studies 

This SIA was executed, using the following, best practice, methodology: 

4.2.7.2.1 Survey and Mapping 

The survey and mapping of the locations of the settlements were made by SPDC and printed from the 

map database (see attached administrative and facility maps). 

4.2.7.2.2 Questionnaire Administration 

A structured household questionnaire approved by SPDC was administered to elicit the following 

information for the study: 

• Respondents’ personal characteristics 

• Demographic structure/characteristics 

• Economic structure and pattern 

• Socio-cultural infrastructure and way of life of the people 

• Land tenure systems 

• Perceived potential and associated impacts of the WDGSP/WAGP 

4.2.7.2.2.1 Sampling and distribution of questionnaire 

The four host communities of the WDGSP/WAGP at Oben Field had a total projected (2005) 

population of 4134 people. The population is rural and very homogeneous. The sample size is 

based on 6 % of the National Population Commission’s (NPC) 39 % adult population size ratio. 100 

questionnaires were administered. The distribution of the questionnaires was purposive and reflects 

the relative sizes of the settlements and the location of the project (Table 4.9.1). 

Table 4. 2.1: Population and distribution of questionnaires 

Settlement 1991 Census 

Male Fema Total 

le 

Projected 20005 

Male Fema Tot 

le al 

No of 

questio 

nnaires 

No. of 

groups 

consulted 

Iguelaba 412 475 887 626 722 134 

8 

30 

Oben 415 365 780 631 555 118 

6 

30 1 

Ikobi 246 240 486 374 365 739 20 

Obozogbe- 

Nugu 

318 249 567 483 378 861 20 

Total 1391 1329 2720 2114 2020 413 

4 

100 1 

Source: 1991 National Population Census. 

A-8

Appendixes 

4.2.7.2.3 Group Assembly Discussion 

A combined community group discussion was held as a way of further involving the people in the 

information sourcing and consultation processes. Predetermined, but relevant segments of the local 

people were identified as the targets of the discussion. Among these segments were community 

leaders; interest, occupational and age groups; and ordinary community members, who are not 

normally involved in the mainstream of decision-making, but are nonetheless stakeholders (Plate 1). 

The discussion was aimed at mainstreaming the affected group by appreciating their perception of the 

problems associated with the project and ways of ameliorating and mitigating them. This further 

enhances both the performance of the project operator, community general well-being and sense of 

relevance. The information from the focus group discussion was used to confirm or check the 

consistency and reliability, or otherwise, of the information from other sources, especially, the 

questionnaire survey. 

Interview of Key Informants 

In order to elicit information and opinion of strategic stakeholders and key players, personal 

interviews were also held with the Enogie (Duke) of Oben village; as well as the Enogie of Obozogbe- 

Nugu on 15 th and 16 th March, 2006 respectively. The Ezomo, Chief D. I. Osawe represented the 

Enogie of Obozogbe-Nugu, while elder Joseph Idemudia was in attendance. At the interview sessions 

were the Secretary to Orhionmwon Local Government Council, and representatives of Edo State 

Ministry of Environment, Engineer M.D. Ejemai; Department of Petroleum Resources (DPR), Mrs 

Rioke Akpojiyovwi; SPDC EIA team members; and the contracting firm; as well as the consultants 

and field assistants for the SIA and HIA. Each interview was preceded by the customary presentation 

and breaking of kola nuts, and prayers for the well being of everybody. 

4.2.7.2.4 Field Inspections 

A comprehensive enumeration of the houses in each village was undertaken. Oben and Iguelaba were 

enumerated on March 15, 2006, while Ikobi and Obozogbe-Nugu were enumerated on March 16, 2006. The 

enumeration at Obozogbe-Nugu was witnessed by the stakeholders: the village representative, who served as 

a guide; Mr Nosa Erhatiemwomon, Secretary to Orhionmwon Local Government Council; and representatives 

of Edo State Ministry of Environment, Engineer M.D Ejemai; Department of Petroleum Resources (DPR), Mrs 

Faith Akpojiyovwi; and SPDC EIA team members. 

Other major facilities and landmarks, such as water and electricity projects, school buildings, health care 

facilities, markets, town halls, small scale (informal sector) activities, community shrines, among others, were 

physically inspected. Their geographical locations were recorded with the hand-held Global Positioning System 

(GPS). 

Health studies 

The EIA study design adopted was the same as that used for the EIA of the SPDC-W land Associated Gas 

Gathering Project of 2001 as follows: 

(A) Community Consultation 

(B) Health Survey 

(C) Physical Examination of the Environment 

(D) Anthropometric measurement of health indicators 

(A) COMMUNITY CONSULTATION 

With a map of the location, the selected communities were visited and in each community the Chief, Elders, 

Opinion leaders, Women leaders, and Youth Leaders were first contacted informally, various meetings were 

A-9

Appendixes 

held with the Chairman of Development Committee and Traditional Heads. These meetings were intended to 

sensitize the communities on the need for such studies and sought full cooperation and participation in the 

survey. This also helped in expelling any misconceptions and wrong notions existed on some of the SPDC oil 

development project activities. When such misconceptions were noticed among some of the community 

members, they were promptly addressed and resolved during the consultation. 

(B) HEALTH SURVEY 

The Health Impact Assessment Studies is a vital aspect of EIA and EER studies of any development project in 

order to evaluate the impact of the project on the communities. The four Oben communities involved in the 

study were Iguelaba, Oben (which is the capital), Ikobi and Obozogbe’ Nugu. This necessitated the present 

HIA studies in the proposed Oben Field project The HIA studies broadly addressed the assessment of the 

healthcare facilities, prevalent diseases and general health status of the people in the area. The studies 

involved assessment of the environmental living conditions that affect health viz. type of water supply and 

availability, types and adequacy of toilet facilities, drainage and sanitary conditions, types and condition of 

houses, and waste disposal practices. Anthropometric measurements of children and nutritional status of 

communities were also assessed. The studies also identified possible health hazards and health risks in the 

project area. Mitigation measures against the identified hazards were proffered. The HIA studies of the host 

communities were carried out using the recommended guidelines of DPR and FMEnv. 

3.4.2 Objective of The Health Survey 

The main objective of the study is to assess the overall health status of the inhabitants of Oben Field 

communities with a view of making recommendations on the ways of ameliorating any negative impacts 

emanating from the proposed gas gathering projects. 

3.4.3 Previous Literature Consulted 

Some of the relevant documents consulted were previous SDPC reports on Gas gathering which are: 

• Environmental Impact Assessment studies of South Forcados AGG project – 2000; 

• HIA studies at the EDER of Gas Project at Oben communities – 2001; 

• HIA study model for EIA of SPDC-w Land Associated Gas Gathering project – 2001; 

• Environmental Impact Assessments of Land AGG Projects. 2001; 

• Accompanying Guidelines for SPDC -EIA process. Data Collection III – 2004; 

3.4.0 Data collection methods 

(a) Population Sampling: The stratified random sampling method was employed. Sampling was done 

community by community and within each community household stratification was employed since the 

A-10

Appendixes 

houses are built all along the major road. Every 5 th house was sampled starting from the first house at 

the beginning of the community. The senior most or available adults in the household were interviewed. 

(b) Instrument of Data Collection: The Questionnaire used in the data collection contained questions 

addressing the socio-demographic data: housing infrastructure, physical environment , health 

conditions and well being, pattern of communicable and non-communicable diseases, health seeking 

behaviours, nutritional status, occupational health, lifestyles and social habits which are determinants of 

health. (Appendix 3). 

(c) Physical Examination: Adults, children and infants in the surveyed households were physically 

examined to assess the general condition of health. Some of the parameters assessed were weight and 

height (used to calculate Body Mass Index) hair quality and colour, the eyes, skin, ears, mouth, breath 

and heart beat, presence of communicable and non-communicable diseases, breasts and abdominal 

palpation. Samples of blood smear, urine and stools could not be taken for laboratory analysis due to 

negative cultural beliefs of the people which are strong in the area. 

(d) Nutritional and Health Status in Children: A total of 50 children (25 males and 25 females) between the 

Ages of 5 years and 14 years were examined from the Primary school Oben. A rapid appraisal in the 

school set up was chosen in view of the shortage of time and to obtain a good mix up of the 

communities n the area. Some of the parameters assessed were their Socio-demographic 

characteriatics, variable food intake pattern (24 hour meal recall) common childhood diseases, 

immunization status and physical examination. Height, weight, mid upper Arm circumference, hair 

colour, eyes, skin and general appearance of the individual were recorded (Appendix 3). 

(III) Group Assembly Discussions (FGDS) 

One Group Assembly Discussion was held in each community. In each of the Group 

Assemblydiscussions male elders, youths and women were segregated and discussd separately. The 

discussions were conducted using a ‘guide’ specially developed to address issues on knowledge, attitude, 

perception and beliefs of common health problems in the community. More specifically, these included: 

- Available health facilities 

- Life style habits 

- Felt needs of the community 

- Possible impact of the proposed project on health and wellbeing in the community. 

- Possible ways of ameliorating any negative impacts. 

Questionnaire Guide employed at the Group Assembly Discussion is given in Appendix 3. 

(IV) Environmental Health Survey 

This assessment took the form of a walk-through survey with an environmental health check list 

(Appendix 3) to determine the following. 

A-11

- General sanitary conditions in the community 

- Types of housing 

Appendixes 

- Sewage (drainage), excreta and refuse disposal facilities and practices 

- Sources, quality and quantity of water supplies. 

- Traffic conditions. 

- Health related social amenities e.g. Electricity, Recreation, Educational facilities and Motorable roads. 

- Erosion and flooding etc 

(V) Assessment of Available Health Care Facilities in The Communities 

The local hospitals / clinics and other orthodox health establishments were identified and visited. 

Available health data and records were consulted. Information obtained (Appendix 3) included the following: 

- Types and conditions of health infrastructure 

- Type and number of health professionals 

- Types of available and functional equipment 

- Types of health services available for the community 

- Intake of Inpatients / Out Patients 

- Administrative structure 

- Logistics /accessibility of the health facilities to the community members 

- Degree of Utilization of the facilities 

3.4.4 Socioeconomic determinants of health 

A variety of socioeconomic conditions determine he morbidity and mortality pattern of a community. Oben 

Field community is characterized by: 

• Fairly educated population 

• Farming and trading are the main occupations 

• Majority of the houses were built with zinc roofs with a mean occupancy rate of 6 per house 

• Number of children about 6 per family 

• Relatively good roads which are motorable 

• With adequate water supply from a borehole 

• Electricity connected but not with steady supply 

• Adequate toilet facilities with over 95% enjoying the facilities 

3.4.5 Environmental determinants of health 

Some of the environmental factors may predispose to negative health impacts. These are: 

A-12

a) Sanitation, Drainage and Waste Disposal 

Appendixes 

The environments surrounding the houses are in poor state of sanitation. The method of liquid waste disposal 

is by throwing around openly. Individual houses also dump refuse and other solid wastes at specific locations 

close to the houses. Plantain and banana trees are usually found planted at these refuse dump sites probably 

taking advantage of the wet lands and the manurial value of the wastes. Animals, rodents and various 

arthropod insects that fester these dumpsites can also gain access to human habitation and can serve as 

public health nuisance and vectors of diseases. Refuse is burnt at periodic intervals which is also a health 

hazard due to smoke and fumes. 

b) Erosion and Flooding: 

There are no good drains in the communities and there is always flooding around residential areas. Rains 

aggravate the situation. Similarly the communities experience severe erosion problems as evident from the 

foundation base of the walls of most houses. Most houses are thus unstable and collapse untimely. During 

severe rains some of the houses are flooded for days thus driving the occupants away leading to health 

hazards and economic losses. 

c) Air/Noise: 

In the perceptions of the communities, the air is polluted with flared gas from flow stations all round Oben, 

Ikobi, Obozogbe-nugu and Iguelaba communities. However, the data collected do not indicate such a severity. 

The noise level in most communities is low (50-60 dB(A)), which is within FEPA acceptable limit of 90dB(A). 

The noise may be due to vehicular movements and commercial activities in the community. The noise level is 

however high at Oben community where the flow stations are located. Increased noise level is a health hazard 

as it causes lack of concentration, restlessness and tension. 

d) Land pollution: 

There was no evidence of land pollution in the communities. There are some oil pipelines passing through 

some locations in the community owned land but not within the living areas. Frequent fire outbreaks at these oil 

pipelines due to vandalization and illegal abstraction of oil are some possible sources of pollution. 

e) Disease vectors and Zoonotic Infections: 

Mosquitoe breeding sites were abundant in the study area and house files, sandflies, tse-tse flies and various 

other arthropods are common in the environment. These vectors pose health hazards as they transmit a 

variety of vector borne infections. In the houses, rats, mice and cockroaches are abundant and may contribute 

to health hazards. The domestic animals reared by the people include goats and sheep, dogs, fowls, cats and 

ducks. These animals are stray and roam very freely in the communities and could also be a source of health 

hazards due to zoonotic infections. 

Dangers from snakebites are not common. There are wild cats, civets and garnets in the communities as seen 

by hunters but there were no reports of attack by these wild animals. 

A-13

3.4.6 Health and Well being 

a) Adult Health Problems 

Appendixes 

The common health problems identified among the adult population (Table 3.xx) were malaria (30%), 

cough/URTI (28 %), body pains/ rheumatism (26%), dysentery/diarrhea (26%), gastroenteritis (14%) and 

typhoid (10%). Other common non-communicable ailments were injuries (16 %) dizziness (16 %), arthritis 

(12%), and high blood pressure (12%). Sexually transmitted diseases (STI but not HIV/AIDS 8%) and skin 

diseases (6%). Cholera was rare (4%) and worm infestations were low (4% from perceptions). 

The health survey was conducted through the following steps: 

(I) Recruitment and training of Field Assistants: Two field assistant were recruited and trained from 

each of the four communities (i.e. a total of 8 Field Assistants) on the modalities of the survey and 

the proper administration of the questionnaire. They were closely supervised and even pre-tested 

through a mini survey using two respondents per Field Assistant before the commencement of the 

main survey. This was to ensure Quality control. 

(II) Epidemiological Survey 

The study design was cross-sectional involving a selected population in the communities. 

(e) Study Population: The total population of the four Oben communities was 4,134 projected for the year 

2005 using the 1996 population figures and calculated using 2.83% growth rate as applicable to rural 

areas. A breakdown of the population in the study communities is: Iguelaba 1348, Oben 1186, Ikobi 739 

and Obozogbe-Nugu 861. Structured Questionnaire on various health issues were developed, 

pretested and administered to 5% of the adult population which is 39% of the total population in each 

community. Leaving some percentages for attrition adjustment, the sample size was limited to Iguelaba 

30, Oben 30 Ikobi 20 and Obozogbe-Nugu 20 totalling 100 and the questionnaires were administered 

as shown in Table 1. 

Table 1: Population of the Communities and Number of Questionnaire administered 

Community 1991 Census Projected 2005 

Estimate 

A-14 

No of No of 

Male Female Total Male Female Total Questionnaire Group 

Iguelaba 412 475 887 626 722 1348 30 

Oben 415 365 780 631 555 1186 30 

Ikobi 246 240 486 374 365 739 20 

Assembly 

1

Obozogbe- 

Nugu 

Appendixes 

318 249 567 483 378 861 20 

Total 1391 1329 2720 2114 2020 4134 100 1 

(f) Population Sampling: The stratified random sampling method was employed. Sampling was done 

community by community and within each community household stratification was employed since the 

houses are built all along the major road. Every 5 th house was sampled starting from the first house at 

the beginning of the community. The senior most or available adults in the household were interviewed. 

(g) Instrument of Data Collection: The Questionnaire used in the data collection contained questions 

addressing the socio-demographic data: housing infrastructure, physical environment , health 

conditions and well being, pattern of communicable and non-communicable diseases, health seeking 

behaviours, nutritional status, occupational health, lifestyles and social habits which are determinants of 

health. (Appendix 3). 

(h) Physical Examination: Adults, children and infants in the surveyed households were physically 

examined to assess the general condition of health. Some of the parameters assessed were weight and 

height (used to calculate Body Mass Index) hair quality and colour, the eyes, skin, ears, mouth, breath 

and heart beat, presence of communicable and non-communicable diseases, breasts and abdominal 

palpation. Samples of blood smear, urine and stools could not be taken for laboratory analysis due to 

negative cultural beliefs of the people which are strong in the area. 

(i) Nutritional and Health Status in Children: A total of 50 children (25 males and 25 females) between the 

Ages of 5 years and 14 years were examined from the Primary school Oben. A rapid appraisal in the 

school set up was chosen in view of the shortage of time and to obtain a good mix up of the 

communities’i n the area. Some of the parameters assessed were their Socio-demographic 

characteristics, variable food intake pattern (24 hour meal recall) common childhood diseases, 

immunization status and physical examination. Height, weight, mid upper Arm circumference, hair 

colour, eyes, skin and general appearance of the individual were recorded (Appendix 3). 

(III) Group Assembly Discussions 

One Group Assembly Discussion was held in each community. In each of the Group Assembly 

discussions male elders, youths and women were segregated and discussd separately. The discussions 

were conducted using a ‘guide’ specially developed to address issues on knowledge, attitude, perception 

and beliefs of common health problems in the community. More specifically, these included: 

- Available health facilities 

- Life style habits 

- Felt needs of the community 

A-15

Appendixes 

- Possible impact of the proposed project on health and wellbeing in the community. 

- Possible ways of ameliorating any negative impacts. 

Questionnaire Guide employed at the Group Assembly Discussion is given in Appendix 3. 

(IV) Environmental Health Survey 

This assessment took the form of a walk-through survey with an environmental health check list 

(Appendix 3) to determine the following. 

- General sanitary conditions in the community 

- Types of housing 

- Sewage (drainage), excreta and refuse disposal facilities and practices 

- Sources, quality and quantity of water supplies. 

- Traffic conditions. 

- Health related social amenities e.g. Electricity, Recreation, Educational facilities and Motorable roads. 

- Erosion and flooding etc 

(V) Assessment of Available Health Care Facilities in the Communities 

The local hospitals / clinics and other orthodox health establishments were identified and visited. 

Available health data and records were consulted. Information obtained (Appendix 3) included the 

following: 

- Types and conditions of health infrastructure 

- Type and number of health professionals 

- Types of available and functional equipment 

- Types of health services available for the community 

- Intake of Inpatients / Out Patients 

- Administrative structure 

- Logistics /accessibility of the health facilities to the community members 

- Degree of Utilization of the facilities 

A-16

Appendixes 

APPENDIX 4 

SIA QUESTIONNAIRE 

1 NEIGHBOURHOOD/COMMUNITY/SETTLEMENT 

1.1 Name of interviewer: --------------------------------------------------------------------- 

1.2 Date of interview:-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

1.3 Neighborhood /comm./settle:------ ---------------------------------------------------- 

1.4 Local Govt. Area:-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

1.5 State:----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

2. RESPONDENTS PERSONAL INFORMATION 

2.1 Sex (Male/Female):------------------------------------------------------------------ 

2.2 Age: 

2.2.1 10-20 years 

2.2.2 21-30 years 

2.2.3 31-40 years 

2.2.4 41-50 years 

2.2.5 51-60 years 

2.2.6 61-70 years 

2.2.7 above 70 years 

2.3 How would you describe yourself in this community/neighbourhood? 

2.3.2 Indigence 

2.3.3 Settler 

2.3.4 Visitor 

2.3.5 Tenant 

2.4 If you are a visitor/settler, where is your hometown? _________________ 

2.5 How long have you lived in this community/neighbourhood? 

2.5.2 less than 5 years 

2.5.3 6-10 years 

2.5.4 11-15 years 

2.5.5 16-20 years 

2.5.6 above 20 years 

2.6 Marital Status 

2.6.2 Single 

2.6.3 Married 

2.6.4 Divorced 

2.6.5 Widow/widower 

2.7 What position do you hold in this community 

2.7.2 Traditional ruler 

2.7.3 Religious leader 

2.7.4 Family head 

2.7.5 Chairman, Social club 

2.7.6 Others (specify)……………………………………………………………… 

2.8 What is your level of Education? 

2.8.2 Primary 

2.8.3 Secondary 

A-17

2.8.4 Tertiary 

2.8.5 No formal education. 

Appendixes 

3. DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS 

3.1 Family size (Husband, wife/wives and children) 

3.1.1 1-3 

3.1.2 4-6 

3.1.3 7-10 

3.1.4 11-15 

3.1.5 above 15 

3.2 Sex: How many are: 

3.2.1 Males----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

3.2.2 Females:------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

3.3 How many births in your family in the last 12 months? 

3.3.1 0 

3.3.2 1 

3.3.3 2 

3.3.4 3 

3.3.5 4 

3.4 How many deaths in your family in the last 12 months? 

3.4.1 0 

3.4.2 1 

3.4.3 2 

3.4.4 3 

3.4.5 4 

4. ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 

4.1 What is your occupation? 

4.1.1 Farming 

4.1.2 Fishing 

4.1.3 Hunting 

4.1.4 Civil servant 

4.1.5 Trading 

4.1.6 Business 

4.1.7 Industrial worker 

4.1.8 Other (specify):---------------------------------------------------------------------- 

4.2 If farmer, what crops do you grow? ……………………………………………… 

4.2.1 Yearly quality of farm produce in the last 5yrs ………………………… 

4.3 If fisherman, name some fishes ………………………………………………….. 

4.3.1 Yearly quality of fish caught in the last 5yrs………………………….. 

4. 4 How long have you been in the occupation? 

4.4.1 0-5 years 

4.4.2 6-10 years 

4.4.3 11-20 years 

4.4.4 21-30 years 

4.4.5 above 30 years. 

4.5 How many members of your household are employed in Petroleum related companies operating in this 

area? 

A-18

Appendixes 

4.5.1 None 

4.5.2 1 

4.5.3 2 

4.5.4 3 

4.5.5 4 

4.6 Please state the number of your household who have attained 18 years and above but are not employed. 

4.6.1 None 

4.6.2 1 

4.6.3 2 

4.6.4 3 

4.6.5 4 

4.6.6 5 

4.6.7 6 

4.6.8 others (specify)-------------------------------------------------------------------- 

4.7 Does any of the persons above have any form of technical training related to the operations of oil 

companies in the area? If yes how many? 

4.7.1 1 

4.7.2 2 

4.7.3 3 

4.7.4 4 

4.7.5 5 

4.8 Please briefly specify the nature of the training and indicate the number of persons who have such training 

4.8.1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

4.8.2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

4.8.3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

4.8.4 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

4.8.5 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

4.9 How much do you realise from farming in a week? 

4.9.1 N0.0 - N250.00 

4.9.2 N250.00 - N500.00 

4.9.3 N501.00 - N750.00 

4.9.4 N751.00 - N1000.00 

4.9.5 N1001.00 - N1,500.00 

4.9.6 N1,501.00 - N1,750.00 

4.9.7 N1,751.00 - N2,000.00 

4.9.8 Above N2,000.00 

4.10 How much do you realise from other activities/sources in a week? 

4.10.1 N0.00 - N500.00 

4.10.2 N501.00 - N1000.00 

4.10.3 N1001.00 - N1,500.00 

4.10.4 N1,501.00 - N2,000.00 

4.10.5 Others---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

4.11 What is your annual income? 

4.11.1 N11,000 - N20,000 

4.11.2 N21,000 - N30,000 

4.11.3 N31,000 - N40,000 

4.11.4 N41,000 - N50,000 

4.11.5 N51,000 - N60,000 

A-19

Appendixes 

4.11.6 N61,000 - N70,000 

4.11.7 N71,000 - N80,000 

4.11.8 81,000 - N90,000 

4.11.9 N91,000 - N100,000 

4.11.10 Other range--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

4.12 How much do you spend on your family a week? 

4.12.1 N250.00 - N500.00 

4.12.2 N501.00 - N1000.00 

4.12.3 N1,001.00 - N1,500.00 

4.12.4 N1,50100 - N2,000.00 

4.12.5 2,500.00 - N3,000.00 

4.12.6 N3,001.00 - N3,500.00 

4.12.7 Other range -------------------------------------------------------------------- 

4.13 How much do you spend on? 

4.13.1 Food items 

4.13.2 Household item 

4.13.3 Clothing 

4.13.4 Education of Children 

4.13.5 Medical care 

4.13.6 Transport 

4.13.7 Others (specify)---------------------------------------------------------------------- 

4.14 How much are you able to save in a year? 

4.14.1 No savings 

4.14.2 N10,000 - N20,000.00 

4.14.3 N21,000.00 - N30,000.00 

4.14.4 N31,000.00 - N40,000.00 

4.14.5 N41,000.00 - N50,000.00 

4.14.6 N51,000.00 - N60,000.00 

4.14.7 Other range--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

4.15 Which of these properties do you own? 

4.15.1 Bicycle 

4.15.2 Motor cycle 

4.15.3 Motor vehicle 

4.15.4 Out board engine boat 

4.15.5 Canoe 


4.16 Do you own any land in the community? If yes, what is the size in hectares? 

4.16.1 0 - 1 

4.16.2 2 - 3 

4.16.3 4 - 5 

4.16.4 6 - 7 

4.16.5 above 7 

4.17 What is the nature of land ownership? 

4.17.1 Personal 

4.17.2 Family 

4.17.3 Communal 

A-20

Appendixes 

4.17.4 Lease hold 

4.17.5 Free hold 

4.17.6 Others (specify):--------------------------------------------------------------------- 

4.18 Do you have a house in the neighbourhood/ community? 

4.18.1 Thatch roof/mud 

4.18.2 Zinc roof block 

4.18.3 Zinc roof /book 

4.18.4 Zinc roof/wooden 

4.18.5 Others (specify)----------------------------------------------------------------- 

5. SOCIAL/CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT 

5.1 What is your religion? 

5.1.1 Christianity 

5.1.2 Islam 

5.1.3 Traditional 


5.2 Which of the following do you have around this neighbourhood /community: (Please show us the location) 

5.2.1 Shrines 

5.2.2 Sacred ground/forest 

5.2.3 Historical / archaeological site 

5.2.4 Religious houses 

5.2.5 Others (Special) 

5.3 What of these social problems do you have in your neighbourhood? 

5.3.1 Youth /juvenile delinquency/unrest 

5.3.2 Land dispute 

5.3.3 Chieftancy problem 

5.3.4 Inter-village problem 

5.3.5 Inter-family problem 

5.3.6 Unemployment 

5.3.7 Others (specify) 

5.3.8 None of the above 

5.4 What is your source of water supply? 

5.4.1 Pipe-borne water 

5.4.2 Hand dug well 

5.4.3 Streams 

5.4.4 Rainfall 

5.4.5 Others (please specify) 

5.5 What are your sources of energy? 

5.5.1 Wood 

5.5.2 Kerosene 

5.5.3 Gas 

5.5.4 Petrol 

5.5.5 Coal 

5.5.6 Electricity 

5.6 What are you fears about this proposed project? 

5.6.1 Loss of land (land acquisition) 

5.6.2 Damage of agricultural land 

5.6.3 Cultural interference 

A-21

Appendixes 

5.6.4 Noise nuisance from working equipment 

5.6.5 Pollution of fishing ground 

5.6.6 Others (specify) 

5.7 What benefits do you expect from SPDC in course of the execution of this project and subsequent 

operations in the area? Please rank them in order of importance by placing 1 against the most important, 2 

against next important etc. 

5.7.1 Employment of indigenes 

5.7.2 Scholarship for indigenes 

5.7.3 Electricity 

5.7.4 Primary school 

5.7.5 Water project 

5.7.6 Health centres 


6 SOCIAL STATISTICS 

(For interviewer only) Note and record the following: 

6.1 School statistics 

6.1.1 Primary school enrolment data Primary 1 to IV 

6.1.2 Secondary school enrolment data JSS 1-3, SSS 1-3 

6.1.3 Other educational institutions 

6.2 What are the common illnesses in this community? 

6.2.1 Malaria 

6.2.2 Yellow fever 

6.2.3 Dysentery/diarrhoea 

6.2.4 Measles/any other contagious disease 

6.2.5 Cough 

6.2.6 Skin diseases 


6.3 What are the common environmental problems in the neighbourhood/community? 

6.3.1 Flooding 

6.3.2 Shoreline erosion 

6.3.3 Deforestation 

6.4 State of infrastructure 

6.4.1 Roads 

6.4.2 Building materials 

6.4.3 Sanitation 


6.4.5 No idea 

7 WILDLIFE 

7.1 Where do you usually hunt? 

7.1.1 Within a few metres from the village 

7.1.2 Bush 

7.2 Please list the types wild animal and birds you normally see or catch in this area 

7.2.1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

7.2.2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

7.2.3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

A-22

Appendixes 

7.2.4 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

7.2.5 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

7.2.6 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

7.2.7 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

7.2.8 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

7.2.9 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

7.2.10 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

7.3 In the last 5 years have you noticed any changes in the population of animals and birds in the forest? 

……………………… 

7.4 What are the changes? 

7.4.1 Increasing 

7.4.2 The same 

7.4.3 Decreasing 

7.5 If decreasing what do you think is responsible? (Record answer verbatim). 

7.5.1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

7.5.2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

7.5.3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

A-23

OBEN GAS DEVELOPMENT PROJECT

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?